Advanced Accounting Study Material

Advanced Accounting
For B.Com. Second Year, Semester-Ill
(As per latest Semesterwise CBCS Syllabus

Applicable to all Universities of Telangana State)
S' RaKe.si)
fi
-
—tor
R.P. TI SDI
M.Com, LL.B.,
MANOJ TRIVEDI
B.Com. GradCWA, ACA
ADF, PGDM (IIM Bangalore)
PANKAJ PUBLICATIONS
3-4-376/24, Basant Colony, Kachiguda,
Hyderabad - 500 027. Ph : 66827812
© Reserved by Authors
First Edition - 1980

Thirtyfourth Revised Edition 2017
In our endeavour to protect you from counterfeit/pirated books, w

have put a hologram sticke'r on the title of our publication. Th
hologram is a 2D/3D type - it displays 2 layers. The Background ha
the letters 'PP' written all over in a wavy pattern and the froegroun
has the logo of Pankaj Publications. The hologram can be seen a
shown in the image above.
Students are requested to ensure that they buy original/genuine cop
and bring to our notice, the details of any book-seller who is indulgin
in sale of duplicate books. Legal action would be taken against an
person involved in any capacity in the duplication of our books.
Price 80/-
Printed at:
OM SAI GRAPHICS
:3-4-709, Narayanaguda,
I lyderabad - 500 029.
Ph : 27564141, 27560543
PREFACE
.
It gives us great pleasure to place of the book Advanced Accounting
I t .Com. SecondYear in your hands. The book is written strictly according
I IC latest Semesterwise CBCS Syllabus applicable to all Universities of
•,illigana State. The book has been thoroughly revised in the light of the
•w syllabus and latest examination question papers of different universities
Telangana State. In every chapter adequate theoretical explanation, short
Nwer questions, illustrations, and problems of B.Com., standard have
en included to make the book more useful to the students. Internal
essment objective type Questions and Glossary has been added to help
udents. Uniformity is maintained in explanation and problems both
I i glish and Telugu versions. Sincere attempt is made to eliminate printing
s. We hope that the teachers and students will derive greater satisfaction
ni it.
We are thankful to Dr. Krishna Rao, Dr. I. Srinivas, Sri S. Surya

Ish Sri, G. Ravindar, Sri Vishnu Kumar, Sri N. Srinivas and Sri Wajahat
die help rendered by them in publishing the book. We sincerely thank
I lecturers and students who have helped us by their valuable suggestions.
ilso thank Sri M. Ram Reddy, Proprietor Om Sai Graphics and his
dicated team for the efficient and timely work done by them.
Constructive criticism and suggestions for improvement of the book
most welcome.
tlerabad.
Authors
***
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
B.Com., Second Year - Third Semester
SYLLABUS
Applicable to all Universities of Telangana State
Max Marks :
UNIT-I : Partnership Accounts-I

Meaning-Partnership Deed-Capital Accounts (Fixed
Fluctuating)-Admission of a Partner - Retirement and Death
Partner (Excluding Joint Life Policy) (Including Problems)
UNIT-II : Partnership Accounts-11

Dissoulution of Partnership-Insolvency of a Partner (exclud
Insolvency of all partners) - Sala to a Company (Including proble
UNIT-III : Issue of Shares, Debentures, Underwriting and Bonus Share

Issue of Shares at par, premium and discount-Prorata allotme
Forfeiture and Re-issue of Shares - Issue of Debentures w
Conditions of Redemption - Underwriting : Meaning - Conditio
Bonus Shares : Meaning - SEBI Guidelines for issue of Bonus Sh
- Accounting of Bonus Shares (Including problems)
UNIT-IV : Company Final Accounts and Profit Prior to Incorporation

Companies Act 2013, Structure - General Instructions for preparat
of Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss-Part-I: Form
Balance Sheet - Part-II: Statement of Profit and Loss - Preparati
of Final Accounts of Companies-Profits Prior to Incorporati
Accounting treatment. (Including problems)
UNIT-V : Valuation of Goodwill and Shares

Valuation of Goodwill : Need-Methods : Average Profits, Su
Profits and Capitalization Methods - Valuation of Shares : Need-]
Assets, Yield and Fair Value Methods. (Including problems)
**0
CONTENTS
Page Number
I 'di tnership Accounts-I A-1 to A-32

Partnership Accounts - II B-1 to B-19
Company Accounts
Issue of Shares, Debentures, Underwriting and
Bonus Shares C-1 to C-35
Company Final Accounts and Profit Prior to
Incorporation D-1 to D-53
Valuation of Goodwill and Shares E-1 to E-37
Internal Assessment Objective type Questions 1 to 12
Glossary 1 to 6
**0
Chapter-1
PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS-I
The Indian Partnership Act, 1932 has defined partnership as "the relationship
vett persons who have agreed to share the profits of a business carried on by
bt any of them acting for all." Persons entering into-business agreement are
RI 'partners' individually and 'Firm' collectively.
There must be atleast two persons to form a partnership. The maximum number
IN ten persons in case of a banking business and twenty in case of other
businesses.
There must be an agreement between the partners. Such an agreement can be
either oral or in writing.
I he firm must be engaged in a lawful business.
I he agreement between the partners must be to share the profits of the business.
I I 1, • husiness must be carried on by all the partners or any of them acting for
I h+• liability of the partners is unlimited.

ly, the partners make-a written or oral agreement at the time of entering
• i.irtnership regarding the Name of the firm, the Nature of business, Capital,
• [figs and Interest on Capital etc. In the absence of an agreement, the following
will be applicable.
Profits or losses of the firm will be shared equally by the partners,
I 'artners are not entitled for any interest on capital, similarly, no interest will
he charged on drawings of the partners.
No partner is entitled for any salary or remuneration.
If any partner has given a loan to the firm, in addition to capital he will be
1 I l owed 6% interest on such loan.
Every partner must take part in the management of the business.
pita! Accounts
'vital Accounts of partners may be fixed or fluctuating
I Capital Accounts
When,
the partners agree that the amount of the capital contributed by them
1 , , 11 1 wain fixed and shall not be reduced or increased during the term of
I Nhip, the capital accounts are said to be fixed. In such cases, current accounts
lied for the partners wherein adjustment regarding interest on capital, salary,
Ion, profit or loss will be made. If current account shows credit balance it
•I I Ili pear on the liabilities side and if it shows debit balance it will appear on the
1,1• of the balance sheet.
A-2
2. Fluctuating Capital Accounts

When all adjustments regarding interest on capital, salary commission p
or loss is made in capital accounts, the balance of capital will be fluctuating
year to year. Hence they are known as Fluctuating Capital accounts.
Distribution of Profits
In case of a sole trader, the net profit as disclosed by the Profit & Loss acc •
belongs to the proprietor and is transferred to his Capital Account. However, in
case of partnership concern, the net Profit is to be shared by all the partners in
agreed Profit sharing ratio. For this purpose the net Profit in the case of a partners
concern is transferred to an account called Profit & Loss Appropriation Acco
This account is merely an extension of the Profit & Loss Account and is prep
to show how the net Profit has been distributed among the partners. This acco
is credited with net profit as per Profit & Loss A/c and interest on Drawings, if
and debited with Interest on Capital, Salary or Commission payable to Partn
The net Profit after above adjustments is distributed amongst Partners in the agr
profit sharing ratio and is transferred to Capital Accounts. However, if the Cap
Accounts are Fixed, then the same is transferred to the Current Accounts of
Partners. Profit & Loss Appropriation A/c will be generally as given below:
Dr. Profit & Loss Appropriation A/c
To Interest on loan By Net Profit as per
from Partner xxx Profit & Loss A/c xxx
ft
Interest on Capital xxx " Interest on Drawings xxx

Salary on Commission
to Partners xxx
Transfer to Reserve xxx
Net Profit Transferred
to Capital/Current
Account of Partners xxx
xxx xxx
Interest on Drawings
If the dates on which Drawings are made are not given, then interest may
charged for six months on the whole of the amount, on the assumption that t
money was drawn evenly throughout the year. If the withdrawls are made even
in the beginning of each month, interest is to be calculated for the whole of t
amount for 6t/2 months, if 1withdrawls are made at the end of each month, intere
should be calculated for 5 /2 months.
Admission of a Partner
When additional capital or managerial skill or both are required in a busines
a new partner may be admitted into partnership firm. On admission a new partn
acquires two important rights, namely the right to share in the assets of the busines
and right to share in profits in business. For the right to share in the assets of th
firm, the new partner usually brings in certain assets (usually cash) as capital. T
amount contributed by him is credited to his capital account.
A-3
hy accounting point of view, the following matters should be
lit of goodwill
.1" 'I ion of assets and liabilities
um, limit regarding Accumulated Profits or Losses
-
L
'fn. . in Profit sharing ratio
'went of capitals in proportion to profit sharing ratio.
.„, « if goodwill
will may be defined as the 'good name' or 'reputation' of an existing
1 he goodwill of the business attracts more customers and therefore results
"Jr more profits. Goodwill of a firm enables it to earn profit in excess of the
i i ned by other firms in the same type of business. The excess earnings are
11 pc r profits'. Goodwill really arises only if a firm is able to earn 'super
1,, 11 a new partner is admitted in an old established business, it is usual for

I i , • !liners to ask from the new partner some compensation in return for the
I Profits that they will have to forego due to this admission. The
ii ion which the new partner has to pay to old partners is called 'goodwill'.
I will which the incoming partner brings is in addition to the capital that
he required to introduce in the business.
Ill - Treatment of goodwill
1 16 of the Accounting Standard -10 states that goodwill can be recorded
1 .oks only when some consideration in money or money's worth has been
II ., ii Therefore only purchased good will should be recorded in the books. In
1 R 1 missions/retirement/death of a partner or in case of change in profit
1.itio among partners goodwill cannot be raised in the books of the firm as
so 1, l eration in money or money's worth is paid for it. If any partner brings any
iiiii (goodwill) over and above his capital contribution at the time of his
iiiibolion such premium should be distributed to the other existing partners.
II no payment is made for the purchase of goodwill and goodwill account is
411PI In the books, it is a case of internally generated goodwill or inherent goodwill
1 , ,, . r Account Standard-10 it is not permitted. As a matter of financial prudence
goodwill account exists at the time of reconstitution of a firm, it should be
off over a period of time.
% . , "+i lit nig Treatment
I he goodwill on admission of a partner may be dealt in any of the following
When cash payment is made by the incoming partner to the old partners
privately without bringing goodwill in the books of account.
In such a case, the amount payable to each partner is ascertained and paid
I 'rivately to them. No entry will be passed in the books.
When new partner brings his share of goodwill in cash.
According to the provisions of AS-10 the following treatment is to be given
A-4
i) Bank Account Dr.

To New Partner's Capital Account
(Being the amount goodwill brought in cash by the new partner)
ii) New Partner's Capital Account Dr.
To Old Partners' Capital Accounts
(Being goodwill brought in by new partner credited to the old partn
capital accounts in the sacrificing ratio or old profit sharing as the
case may be)
Alternatively, only one entry may be passed
Bank Account Dr.
To Old Partner's Capital Accounts
(Being goodwill brought by new partner credited
directly to old partners in sacrificing or old ratio as the cas may be)
3. Instead of adjusting the value of the goodwill of the firm through partne
capital accounts without raising goodwill account in the books, anoth
method is also widely followed. However, it is not stricly according to t
provisions of AS-10. This method is discussed below.
i) Bank Account Dr.
To premium (or goodwill) account
(With the actual amount brought in by new partner as good will)
ii) Premium (or goodwill) Account
To Old Partners' Capital Accounts
(goodwill distributed among old partners)
When the new partner brings goodwill in cash, but it is withdrawn
fully or partly by old partners.
Old Partner's Capital Accounts Dr.
To Bank Account
(Being amount withdrawn)
4. Sometimes goodwill may be evaluated in case of admission of a Partne
when incoming Partner is unable to bring in cash any premium or .goodwil
In such a situation also goodwill should not be raised in the books since it
inherent goodwill. Rather it is preferable that such value of goodwill shoul
be adjusted through partner's capital Account. The entry is
New Partner's Capital Account Dr.
To Old Partner's Capital Account
(Being New Partner's share of goodwill debited to his Capital account
credited to old partner's Capital accounts in the sacrificing or old ratio).
If goodwill account appears in the books of the firm at the time of admissi
of a partner, then it should be written off. The entry is :
Old Partners' Capital Accounts Dr.
To Goodwill Account
(Being goodwill written off in the old profit sharing ratio)
A-5
II II lo w
ulwill brought in by new partner should be credited to the old partners

it sacrifice made by each partner. Suppose A and B are partners sharing
ratio of 5:3. C is admitted as a partner and the new profit sharing ratio
it and C is 8:5:3. The sacrificing ratio is calculated as follows. Before the
ol d C, A was getting 5/8 profit and after admission of C he will get 8/16,
i nude by A is 5/8-8/16=2/16. Similarly, the sacrifice made by a B is
., 1/ 16, Hence the sacrificing ratio is 2:1. The goodwill brought by C will
tit it to A and B in the ratio of 2:1.
not necessary to calculate always the sacrificing ratio. If the old profit
, and the share of profit given to the new partner is given in the
1,. presumption is that the old partners have made sacrifice in the old
1 mcli a case the goodwill brought in by the new partner should be credited
,,
Milers in the old profit sharing ratio. It is not necessary to calculate

ig ratio because in such a case sacrificing ratio and old ratio will be the
lilt if the old profit sharing ratio and the new profit sharing ratio of the
after admission are given in the problem, then sacrificing ratio must be
a iI ll.
tilitation of Assets and Liabilities
hilly, on the admission of a partner the assets and liabilities of the firm are
a as on the date of admission. These adjustments are done by opening a
'Lint called Revaluation Account. It is debited with any reduction in the
assets and increase in the amount of liabilities. If there is an increase in the
a any asset or reduction in the value of liabilities, this account is credited.
, ail or loss arising due to revaluation of assets and liabilities is transferred to
iiiit;t1 accounts of the Old Partners in the old profit sharing ratio. The entries
1, alows:
the increase in the value of assets.

its Account ............................................. Dr.
To Revaluation A/c.
(The asset account should be debited individually with in increase in the
Value of assets)
Por decrease in the Value of assets
Revaluation .................................................. Dr.
To Asset Account
The asset account should be credited individually with the decrease in the
Ale of assets)
,1 decrease in the value of Investments, Sundry Debtors credit would be

ill to concerned Reserve or Provision Account.
„ any increase in the value of liabilities.
Revaluation A/c ....................... Dr.
To Liability Account.
A-6
(iv) For any decrease in the value of liabilities.

Liability Account ....................... Dr.
To Revaluation A/c
(v) For the transfer of Profit on revaluation.
Revaluation A/c ....................... Dr.
To Old Partners Capital Accounts.
Note , ,
) in case of' 1,, 1111 ,11,, ‘,. 1 11111 11..111.1
.
I,,' 10V1'1'4'11
1, ,
it
,
1110 Prt! -f... h-11 11 . 11.111 1 , 'Hut the old profit sha i
it ............ MI1114110 Atoll Sim 11 I Milt(

""..' " "" value of assets and liabilities
" " MSC(' Ilia( 11w
il I lit a nii 1 C.INC &II decrease in the values of assets and liabilities
reomrded in the Memorandum Revaluation account but no corresponding entry
i
nside in the assets and liabilities. The balance in Memorandum Revaluation acco
is transferred to the old partners capital accounts in their old profit sharing ratio.
order to complete the double entry, entries made in the Memorandum Revaluati
ac
count are reversed and the balance is transferred to capital accounts of all partne
(including the new partner) in their new profit sharing ratio.
11) Adjustment regarding accumulated Profits or Losses.
Before the admission of a partner it is necessary to transfer all accumulat
profit or losses to the capital accounts of the partners in their old profit shari
ra
tio. Journal entry for transferring accumulated profit is
General Reserve Account .................. Dr.
Profit and Loss Account (Cr. Balance) .............. Dr.
To Old Partners Capital Accounts.
Note: If there is any accumulated loss then old Partners Capital Accounts shout
be debited and concerned accumulated loss account should be credited.
(iv)Ascertainment of new Profit sharing ratio.
When a new partner is admitted, in the absence of any agreement it is assume
that the old partners, as between themselves, will continue to share profit in th
o
ld profit sharing ratio. That is after giving the agreed share to the new partner, th
remaining share should be divided amongst them in the old ratio. From 'I' the shar
of the new partner should be deducted and them the remainder should be divide
a
mongst the old partners in the old ratio. Suppose A and B are partners sharin
profits in the ratio 3:2 C is admitted on1/5th Share in the profits. Then the futu
profit sharing ratio of A and B will be calculated as under.
C's Share = 1/5; remaining share 4/5.
A's Share = 3/5 x 4/5 = 12/25
B's Share = 2/5 x 4/5 = 8/25.
(ID Adjustment of Capital in Proportion to Profit sharing ratio.
Sometimes, the capital accounts of the partners are agreed to be in proportion
to their profit sharing ratio. In some cases, the capital of the new partner is made
Fly
A-7
hp Walk l'ol• arriving at the capitals of the old partners. In some other cases, the
tiatilard capitals of the old partners is made the basis for determining capital of
, partner.
.. Itpose, A and B are partners in a firm sharing profits and losses in the ratio
'aid their capitals after all adjustments of goodwill, reserves etc. are
25,000 respectively. C is admitted in the firm with the capital
,
1 1 me-fifth share in the profits. It is desired that the capitals of A and B
1.1 III proportion to their capital. In this case, C's Capital should be made
I I I 4 r arriving at the capitals of A and B

,
11.11e in the new firm will be 5/8 x 4/5 = 1/2

,„
• I II hare is 3/8 x 4/5 = 3/10 For one-fifth share in
1'1 ,, Iii the capital required is 7 20,000 so for one-half share the capital should
.1 000. Hence, A's capital should be 50,000. He is already having a capital
,,
oNN). Hence 12,000 should be repaid to him. Similarly, for 3/10'h share., B
‘,,1 I have capital of 30,000. He is having capital of 25,000. He has to bring
• e illtlitional capital of 5,000.
Sometimes, the new partner is required to bring capital according to his profit
ratio. Suppose X's capital is 1,00,000 and Y's capital 60,000 and Z is
111111hted in the firm with one-fifth share in the profits and he is required to bring
t i el el itt proportion to his capital. The combined capital of X and Y is 1,60,000.
Inn hail share, the capital is 1,60,000 so for one-fifth share the capital
e• •,, I I ,‘• 40,000 So, Z should bring 40,000 by way of capital.
Retirement of a Partner
,,
,rally a partner has a right to retire from the firm by giving suitable notice.
11 I-Ilowing points should be taken into consideration at the time of retirements
e 1 , l oner.
Itualutent of goodwill
I ti case of retirement of a partner, the continuing partners will gain in terms of
.haring ratio. Therefore they have to give the retiring partner his share of
g HI. The entry is:

•,iiiinuing Partner's Capital Accounts ........... Dr.
l'o Retiring partner's Capital Account
• It. tag the retiring partners share of goodwill debited to continuing partners'
./ eiccounts in the gaining ratio.
,
.lead of making the adjustment of goodwill in the above manner another
,
t• 1,,,,,r . • • is followed. The practice is to first raise goodwill account in the books by
I goodwill account and crediting the Capital Accounts of all the partners
value of goodwill in the old profit sharing ratio. Then goodwill account
, Hien, off by debiting continuing partners' Capital Account in the new profit
e, ,,, ,eitio. The net effect on the partners' Capital Accounts will be the same, but
'raking it is not according to the provisions of AS-10
A-8
II. Revaluation of assets and liabilities

The Profit or loss on revaluation of assets and liabilities should be calcul
and transferred to capital accounts of all partners in the old profit sharing rati
M. Treatment of undistributed profits, reserves etc.
Any reserve or accumulated profits appearing in the books should 1
transferred to all partners in the old profit sharing ratio. Alternatively, only retiril
partner's share, may be credited to his capital account. The treatment is to
reversed if there is a debit balance of profit and loss account in the balance she
4. Transfer of amount due to retiring partner to his Loan Account.
The amount payable to the retiring partner should be ascertained after maki
the above adjustments. This should be transferred to his Loan Account, until it
paid off. In the absence of any agreement, the outgoing partner, at his option,
entitled to receive either interest @6% p.a. till the amount is paid off or a share
the profit which has been carried by using the amount due to him.
Gaining Ratio
In case of retirement of a partner, the continuing partners stand to gain becau
future profits are going to be shared only between them. For example if X, Y and
are partners sharing profits in the ratio of 4:3:2 respectively and if Y retires then
and Z will share the entire future profits either in the same old ratio between the
or in a new ratio. What is given up by Y is going to be enjoyed by X and Z. Th
should compensate Y (retiring Partner) in the ratio in which they gain, i.e. in t
gaining ratio. The gaining ratio is nothing but the difference between the m
ratio and old ratio. If the new profit sharing ratio of continuing partners is r
given in the problem, it is presumed that the continuing partners will share th
future profits in the old ratio that existed between them prior to retirement. In th
above case X, Y and Z were sharing profits in the ratio of 4:3:2. Now, if Y retires
and new profit sharing ratio is not given, it is presumed that they will share futt r
profits in the ratio of 4:2 (i.e. 2:1). It is not necessary to calculate gaining ratio
because they gain in the old ratio, i.e. gaining ratio and new profit ratio will be th
same. Suppose, it is given in the problem that X and Z will share future profits
the ratio of 5:3 then it is necessary to calculate gaining ratio.
Gaining Ratio = New Ratio minus old Ratio.
X's gaining ratio = 5/8-4/9 = 45-32/72 = 13/72.
Z's gaining ratio 3/8-2/9 = 27-16/72 = 11/72
Hence gaining ratio = 13:11
Distinction between Sacrificing ratio and gaining ratio.
1) Sacrificing ratio is calculated at the time of admission of a partner, where
gaining ratio is calculated at the time of retirement or death of a partner.
2) Sacrificing ratio is old ratio minus new ratio; gaining ratio is new ratio min
old ratio.
3) Sacrificing ratio is the ratio in which old partners sacrificed their share
profit in favour of new partner. Gaining ratio is the ratio in which continuii
partners acquire the retired or deceased partners' share.
A-9
Death of a partner
I lw problems arising on the death of a partner are similar to those arising on
,
.nictit. Retirement can be anticipated and planned. Generally, the date of
coincides with the date of closing of the firm's books of accounts. The
occur at any time during the course of the trading period. In the event
11, f a partner, the Legal representatives of the Deceased Partner will be
1.4
1 to receive from the firm, the amount due on account of the following.
Balance in Capital Account as per the Last Balance Sheet. (2) Interest on
.11101, if any (3) Share in the goodwill of the firm. (4) Share in the accumulated
nil undistributed Profits (6) Share in revaluation of assets and liabilities.
.1..uc in the Profit of the firm from the last Balance Sheet to the date of his
18 l Share in Joint Life Policy. The amount due to the deceased partner is
0d by (a) Drawings, interest on Drawings, if any and (b) Share in undistributed
if any.
w executors of the deceased partner are entitled to the share of profit earned
twin from the date of last Balance Sheet to the date of death. The basis for
ortainment of the share of deceased partner is generally laid down in the
• • c‘hip Deed. The basis for calculation of such share will be given in the
on the basis of which it has to be calculated. The total amount due to the
1 partner is transferred to his Executor's Account. The entry is:
ti, cased Partner's Capital A/c Dr.
I o Executors of Deceased Partner
I lie amount payable may be paid immediately or by instalment. In the absence
illy agreement, if payment is made in instalments it will carry interest @6% p.a.
Ohs it lition :1
B and C are partners in a firm with capitals of 40,000 24,000 and

th000 respectively on 1-1-05. Partnership Deed contains the following clause.
Interest on Capital @ 5% p.a.
Interest on Drawings @ 4% p.a.
to get a salary @ 400 per month
t and C to get 10% commission each on the net profit (before the above
adjustments)
I'l ofits and Losses to be shared:
Upto 4,500 in the ratio of 4:3:2
Above 7 4,500 equally
t Profit of the firm for the year ended 31a December 05 amounted to
000 and the Drawings of the Partners are: A 2,400; B 1,600 and C
1 '1( pare the Profit & Loss Appropriation A/c and Capital Accounts of the
.1., assuming (i) Capitals are fixed and (ii) Capitals are Fluctuating.
A-10
Solution
Dr. Profit & Loss Appropriation A/c
To Interest on Capitals: By Net Profit as per

A 2,000 Profit & Loss A/c
B 1,200 By Interest on Drawings
C 1,000 4,200 (@ 4% for 6 months)
To Salary to A 4,800 A 48
To Commission B 32
B 2,050 C 20
C 2,050 4,100
To Ne Profit transferred to
A '3,000
B 2,500
C 2,000 7,500
20,600
Note: Distribution of Profit A
Upto 4,500 in the ratio of 4 : 3 : 2 2,000 1,500
Above 4,500 i.e. 3,000 equally 1,000 1,000
3,000 2,500
When Capitals are Fixed
Dr. A Capital Account
2005 2005
Dec.3 1 To Balance c/d 40,000 Jan.1 By Balance b/d
2006
Jan.1 By Balance b/d
B Capital Account
2005 7 2005
Dec.31 To Balance c/d 24,000 Jan.1 By Balance b/d
2006
C Capital Account
2005 7 2005
Dec.31 To Balance c/d 20,000 Jan.1 By Balance b/d
2006
A-11
A Current Account
7 2005 7
Drawings 2,400 Dec.31 By Interest on
[nterest on Drawings 48 Capital 2,000
Balance c/d 7,352 " By Salary 4,800
By Profit & Loss A/c 3,000
9,800 9,800
2006
Jan 1 By Balance b/d 7,352
B Current Account
7 2005 7
o Drawings 1,600 Dec.31 By Interest on
) Interest on Drawings 32 Capital 1,200
o Balance c/d 4,118 " By Commission 2,050
" By Profit & Loss A/c 2,500
5,750 5,750
2006
C Current Account
. 7 2005 7
To Drawings 1,000 Dec.31 By Interest on
' Interest on Drawings 20 Capital 1,000
' Balance c/d 4,030 " Commission 2,050
" " Profit & Loss A/c 2,000
5,050 5,050
2006
%% lien Capitals are Fluctuating
I I, A Capital Account Cr.
T 2005 7
To Drawings 2,400 Jan.1 By Balance b/d 40,000
' Interest on Drawings 48 Dec.31 " Interest on
' Balance c/d 47,352 Capital 2,000
" " Salary 4,800
" " Profit & Loss A/c 3,000
49,800 49,800
2006
Janl By Balance b/d 47,352
A-12
B Capital Account
2005 f 2005
Dec.31 To Drawings 1,600 Jan.1 By Balance b/d
" To Interest on Drawings 32 Dec.31 By Interest on
" To Balance c/d 28,118 Capital 1,200
" By Commission 2,050
By Profit & Loss A/c 2,500
29,750 29,750
2006 i
C Capital Account
2005 T 2005 Z
Dec.31 To Drawings . 1,000 Jan.1 By Balance b/d 20,000
" To Interest on Drawings 20 Dec.31 By Interest on
" To Balance c/d 24,030 Capital 1,000
" By Commission 2,050
" By Profit & Loss A/c 2,000
25,050 25,050
2006
Illustration : 2
The following is the Balance Sheet of A and B (who share profits in the ratio
of 3:2) as on 1st January, 2008
Liabilities Assets z
S. Creditors 20,000 Buildings 18,000
A's Capital 20,000 Plant and Machinery 15,000
B's Capital 25,000 Stock 12,000
Debtors 10,000
Bank 10,000
65,000 65,000
On this date C was admitted on the following terms:
i) He is pay 25,000 as his capital and 10,000 as his share of goodwill for one-
fifth share in Profits.
ii) The new Profit sharing ratio will be 5:3:2
iii) The assets are to be revalued as under: Z
Building 25,000
Plant and Machinery 12,000
Debtors (because of doubtful debts) 9,500
iv) It was found that there was a liability for goods received but not recorded in
books. 21,500
Give Journal entries to record the above. Also give the Balance sheet after C's
admission.
A-13
flu Ion Journal Entries

Dr. Cr.
Z ?
300$ Bank Account Dr. 35,000
To C's Capital Account 35,000
(Being amount brought in by C'for capital and
goodwill)
C's Capital Account Dr. 10,00M
To A's Capital Account 5,000
To B's Capital Account 5,000
(Being goodwill brought in by C credited to A
and B in their sacrificing ratio)
Revaluation Account Dr. 5,000
To Plant & Machinery Account 3,000
To Provision for Doubtful Debts A/c. 500
To S. Creditors 1,500
(Being the reduction in the value of assets and
increase of liabilities not recorded previously
taken into account)
Buildings Account Dr. 7,000
To Revaluation Account 7,000
(Being increase in the value of buildings
brought into account)
Revaluation Account Dr. 2,000
To B's Capital Account 800
(Being Profit on revaluation credited to A and B
in the old Profit ratio)
Balance Sheet of A, B & C as at 1" January, 2008
Liabilities Z Assets T
Sund ry Creditors 21,500 Buildings 25,000
Cupiial Accounts: Plant and Machinery 12,000
A 26,200 Stock 12,000
B 30,800 Debtors 10,000
C 25,000 Less Provision for
82,000 D. Debts 500 9,500
Bank 45,000
1,03,500 1,03,500
A-14 11
Old Ratio - New Ratio = Sacrificing Ratio.

3 5 6-5 1
5 10 10 10
2 3 4-3 1
B = — - — = — = — Hence the sacrificing ratio is 1:1
5 10 10 10
Illustration : 3
A, B and C are partners sharing Profits and losses in the ratio of 2:3:5. On 31
December, 2014 their Balance Sheet was as follows.
Liabilities Z Assets Z
Creditors 65,000 Cash 17,000
Bills payable 30,000 Bills Receivable 25,000,
Profit & Loss A/c 15,000 Furniture 30,000
Capitals : Stock 45,000
A 40,000 S. Debtors 48,000
B 50,000 Investments 35,000
C 60,000 1,50,000 Machinery 40,000
Goodwill 20,000
2,60,000 2,60,000
They admitted D into partnership on the following terms :
1. Furniture, Investments and Machinery to be depreciated by 10%.
2. Stock is revalued at 250,000
3. Outstanding salaries amounted to Z 2000
4. Prepaid Rent amounted to Z 1000
5. D brings in Z 35,000 as his capital and 210,000 as goodwill in cash fo
1/6th share of the future profits of the firm.
6. Adjustment of capital to be made through cash.
7. Capital of the partners shall be proportionate to their profit sharing ratio
taking D's Capital as basis. Prepare Revaluation Account, partners capit
Accounts, Cash Account and Balance Sheet of the new firm.
Solution :
Dr. Revaluation Account Cr.
Z Z
To Furniture 30,000 By Stock 5,0
" Investments 3500 " Prepaid Rent
" Machine ry 4000 " Loss Transfered to
" Outstanding Salaries 2000 A's Capital 1300
B's Capital 1950
C's Capital 3250 65
12,500 12,5
A-15
Dr. Capital Accounts Cr.

A B C D A B C D
? ? ? Z T Z Z t
kcvali ation 1300 1950 3250 - By Balanceb/d 40,000 50,000 60,000 -
" ds ill " Cash - 35,000
(Writs 31 o f) 4000 6000 10,009 - " Profit &
" Cash 4700 Loss A/c 3000 4500 7500 -
" Cash
" iinlan e c/d 35,000 52,500 87,500 35,000 (goodwill) 2000 3000 • 5000 -
By Cash - 2950 28250 -
45,000 60,450 1,00,750 35,000 45,000 60,450 1,00,750 35,000
By Balance b/d 35,000 52,500 87,500 35,000
Cash Account
z
Balance b/d 17,000 By A's Capital 4700
D's 35,000 " Balance c/d 88,500
A's Capital 2000
B's Capital 3000
C's Capital 5000
B's Capital 2950
C's Capital 28,250
93,200 93,200
Balance Sheet of A, B, C & D as on 31st December 2014
Liabilities Assets
reditors 65,000 Cash 88,500
t il k. Payable 30,000 Bills Receivable 25,000
1, 0 danding Salaries 2000 Furniture 30,000
trital Accounts Less 3000 27,000
A 35,000 Stock 45,000
B 52,500 Plus 5,000 50,000
C 87,500 Debtors 48,000
D 35,000 2,10,000 Prepaid Rent 1,000
Investments 35,000
Less 3,500 31,500
Machinery 40,000
Less 4,000 36,000
3,07,000 3,07,000
Working Notes :
Calculation of future Profit sharing ratio.
I rs Share = 1/6 remaining 5/6
kti Share = 5/6 x 2/10 = 2/10 B's share 5/6 x 3/10 = 3/12
rs share = 5/6 x 5/10 = 5/12 i.e 2:3:5:2
As certainment of Capitals of the partners for 1/6 th share Capital is 7 35,000
'11)ial Capital of the firm 35,000 x 6/1 = 2,10,000
A-16
A's Capital = 2/12 x 1,10,000 = 35,000

B's Capital = 3/12 x 2,10,000 = 52,500
C's Capital = 5/12 x 2,10,000 = 87,500
D's Capital = 2/12 x 2,10,000 = 35,000
A's Capital after all adjustments is T 39,500. His Capital should be
Z 35,000. Hence he will withdraw T. 47,00 B's Capital after all adjustments is
49,500. He should have Z 52,500 Capital. Hence he has to bring in 2950 C's
Capital after all adjustments is 58,250. His capital should be 87,250. Hence he
should bring in 28,250.
Illustration : 4
A, B and C were partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 2:2:1 C
wants to retire on 31-12-2007. Given below is the Balance sheet of the firm as on
the date of retirement.
Balance Sheet As on 31" December, 2007
Liabilities 7 Assets z
Capital Accounts Fixed Assets 1,50,000
A 1,20,000 Stock 50,000
B 80,000 Debtors 50,000
C 60,000 Bills Receivable 20,000
2,60,000 Bank 50,000
Reserve 10,000
S.Creditors 50,000
3,20,000 3,20,000
A and B agree to share profit and losses in the ratio of 3:2 in future. Value of
goodwill is taken to be 50,000. Fixed Assets are revalued upwards by 30,000
and stock by 7 10,000. Bills Receivable dishonored on 31St December, 2007
5,000 but not recorded in the books. Dishonour of bill was due to insolvency of
the customer. A and B agree to bring sufficient cash to discharge the claim of C and
to make their capital proportionate. Also they wanted to maintain 75,000 bank
balance for working capital. Pass journal entries and Draft the Balance Sheet of A
and B
Journal Entries
Dr. Cr.
1) Fixed Assets Account Dr. 30,000

Stock Account Dr. 10,000
To Revaluation Account 40,000
(Being the appreciation in the value of Assets
recorded)
2) Revaluation Account Dr. 5,000
To Bills Receivable Account 5.000
(Being loss due to dishonour of bill)
A-17
Revaluation A/c Dr. 35,000

(Being profit on revaluation credited to capital
accounts)
Reserve Account Dr. 10,000
To A's Capital A/c 4,000
To B's Capital A/c 4,000
To C's Capital A/c 2,000
(Being the transfer of Reserves to Capital Accounts)
A's Capital Account Dr. 10,000
(Being the share of goodwill of C credited to his
capital account and debited to A's capital account
in gaining ratio
Bank Account 1,04,000
(Being cash brought in by A and B as per agreement)
C's Capital Account Dr. 79,000
To Bank Account 79,000
(Being payment made to C)
Balance Sheet of A and B As on 31" December, 2007
Capital Accounts Fixed Assets 1,80,000
A 1,98,000 Stock 60,000
B 1,32,000 Debtors 50,000
S.Creditors 50,000 Bills Receivable 15,000
Bank 75,000
3,80,000 3,80,000
Working Notes:
Ascertainment of the Total Capital after retirement
Fixed Assets 1,80,000

Stock 60,000
Debtors 50,000
Bills Receivable 15,000
Bank Balance 75,000
3,80,000
Lees S. Creditors 50,000
3,30,000
A-18
Capital Requirement
A x 3,30,000 = 1,98,000
5
B 2 x 3,30,000 = 1,32,000
5
Capital Accounts
A B C A B C
To Cs Capital 10,000 - - By Balance b/d 1,20,000 80,000 60,000
(goodwill) By Reserve 4,000 4,000 2,000
To Bank - - 79,000 By Revaluation A/c 14,000 14,000 7,000
To Balance c/d 1,98,000 1,32,000 - By As Capital - - 10,000
(goodwill)
By Bank 70,000 34,000
2,08,000 1,32,000 79,000 2,08,000 1,32,000 79,000
Bank Account
To Balance c/d. 50,000 By C's Capital A/c 79,000
To A's Capital 70,000 By Balance C/d: 75,000
To B's Capital 34,000
1,54,000 1,54,000
SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS
1. Aswini, Bharani & Karthik were partners sharing profits and losses in
the ratio of 4 : 3: 2, with capitals of Z 20,000, Z 15,000 and Z 10,000. The
profits for the just concluded year amounted to Z 9,200 before allowing
interest on capitals, (which is to be calculated at 10%) and Kartik's salary
Z 2,000. Prepare the Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c. (B.Com. Osm.)
2. A and B share Profits and losses in 3:2 ratio. Their capital balances were
Z 30,000 and Z 50,000 respectively. Salary was drawn by A and B Z 6,000 and
Z 3,000 respectively. 6% interest is payable on capital. Total profit for the
year was Z 31,000. In addition to salary A drew Z 2,000 and B
Z 13,500.
Show Profit and Loss Appropriation Account and Capital Accounts under
Fluctuating Capital System. (B.Com. Osm.)
3. Rukmini and Sathyabhama are equal partners but it was agreed that Rukmini
out of her share pay a salary of Z 9,000 per annum to Sathyabhama. Their
accounts showed the following results: Capital 1-4-05): Rukmini Z 60,000;
Sathyabhama Z 90,000 Drawings 2005 -06): Rukmini Z 10,500; Satyabhama
Z 12,000 Net Profit 2005-06 before charging (10% p.a.) interest on capital
Z 46,500.
Paid by Rukmini to Sathyabhama in cash on account of Salary Z 6,000 Write
up profit and loss appropriation account and capital accounts of the partners.
(B.Com. Osm)
A-19
Smt. Vani and Smt. Laxmi share profits and losses equally. But by agreement
Laxmi pays Vani, a salary of Z 1000 per month out of her share in profits. The
accounts at 31-12-2002. Show the following results:
Capitals: Vani - Z 76,860; Laxmi Z 83,580
Net Profit before charging interest on Capital Z 47,010
Drawings : Vani - Z 15,000; Laxmi - Z 21,000
Paid by Laxmi to Vani in cash privately on account of salary Z 6,000. After
charging 5% interest on capital, write up the capital account of each partner
at the year end. (B.Com., Osm.)
In each of the following cases indicate the alternative which you consider to
he correct :
a) In the absence of an agreement profits and losses are shared by the partners
in the ratio of 1) Capital 2) Equally 3) Drawings ratio 4) 3:1
h) In the absence of an agreement, interest on loan advanced by a partner to
the firm is allowed at the rate of 1) 6% 2) 4% 3) 10%.
c) In the absence of an agreement, partners shall 1) be paid salaries
2) Not to be paid Salaries 3) to be paid an amount of Z 10,000 p.a.
4) be paid Z 15,000. (B.Com., Osm.)
A, B and C are in partnership with respective fixed capital of Z 40,000;
30,000 and Z 20,000. B and C are entitled to annual salaries of Z 2,000 and
1,500 respectively before division of profits. Interest on capital is allowed
at 5% p.a. but interest on drawings is not charged. Of the first
f 12,000 divisible as profit in any year, A is entitled to 50%, B to 30% and C
i 20%. Annual Profits in excess of 712,000 are divisible equally. The Profit
lor the year ended 31st December 2014 was Z 20,100 after debiting partners
Nalaries but before charging interest on Capitals. The partners drawings for
the year were: A Z 8,000; B Z 7,500 and C Z 4,000. The Balances on partner
Current Accounts on Pt January, 2014 were: A Z 3,000; B 500 Credit; C
1000 Debit.
Prepare Profit and Loss Appropriation Account and the partners Current
Accounts for the year 2014. (B.Com., Osm.)
Shiva and Rama are sharing profits in the ratio of 5:3. Vishnu is admitted with
3/8 share of which he obtained 2/8th from Shiva and 1/8th from Rama. Find the
new Profit sharing ratio of Shiva, Rama and Vishnu and sacrificing ratio.
(B.Com., Osm.)
Hum and Shyam are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3:2.
Copal was admitted on 1/5th share in the profits. Calculate the new profit
sharing ratio.
littjugopalan and Viswanadham, sharing profits in the ratio of 5:3 admit Guru
Raj on 3/7th share in the new firm which he takes 2/7th from Rajagopalan &
I/7 from Viswanandham. Calculate the New Profit Sharing Ratio of partners.
Mohan and Rajan share profits in the ratio of 3:2. They admit Mohan as a
partner. Their new profit sharing ratio is 5:3:2. Calculate the sacrificing ratio.
A-20
11. A and B are partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio 3:2 with capitals of
Z 12,000 and Z 5,400 respectively. They admitted 'X' as a partner with 7 7,500.
for 1/3rd share in the profits of the firm. Adjust the capitals of the partners
according to the profit sharing ratio and low the amount of capital of each
partner. (No entries are required) (B.Com. Osm)
12. A, B and C were carrying on business in partnership sharing profits in the
ratio of 5 : 3 : 2. They admit D in partnership giving him 1/5 share in future
profits. He brings Z 20,000 as his share of goodwill and capital to the extent
of Z 50,000. The old partners withdraw goodwill from the business. Pass
journal entries.
13. A and B are partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3. They admit
C giving him'/at share in future profits. Goodwill of the firm is valued at
Z 20,000. It is agreed that goodwill is raised in the books and written off after
the admission of C. Pass journal entries to record the same.
14. A and B are sharing profits in the ratio of 3:2. They admit C giving him
1/5th share in future Profits. He brings his proportionate share of goodwill.
The goodwill of the firm is to be determined on the basis of 2 years purchase
of the average profits from business of last five years. The particulars of the
profits are as under:
2001 — Profit Z .20,000; 2002 — Loss Z 10,000
2003 — Profit Z .20,000; 2004 — Profit Z 25,000
2005 — Profit Z 30,000.
Ascertain the amount of goodwill to be brought in by C in the firm.
15. A, B and C were in partnership sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2 B retired
form the business. For the purpose of B's retirement goodwill of the firm is
valued at 7 21,000. Give journal entries on the assumption that the continuing
partners decide to wipe off Goodwill Account from the books.
PROBLEMS
Fixed and Fluctuating Capitals
1. X and Y start business with capitals of t 90,000 and Z. 45,000 on 1" Jan.
2008. Y. is entitled to a salary of 7. 600 p.m. Interest is allowed on capitals
and is charged on drawings at 5% p.a Profit are to be distributed equally after
making the above adjustments. During the year X withdrew Z. 10,000 and Y
t 12,000. Profit before the adjustment amounted to Z. 52,000. Assuming the
capitals to be fixed prepare the profit and loss appropriation account and the
capital accounts relating to partners. (B.Com., Kakatiya)
2. Ravi and Gin are partners in a firm. Their deed provides the following :
(i) Interest on fixed capital @9% p.a
(ii) Salary 2.1,000 p.m to Ravi and t 9,000 p.a to Giri.
(iii) Out of the profit made, first t 18,000 is distributed in the ratio of fixed
capital contributed and the balance in the ratio of 3 : 2
A-21
The profit disclosed before these adjustments was Z. 80,000. During the year
their drawing were Z. 6,000 and Z. 5,000 respectively.
Their Capital and Current Account Balances at the beginning of the year were.
Capital Account Current Account
Ravi 1,00,000 8,000 (Cr.)

Giri 80,000 3,000 (Dr.)
You are required to prepare Profit and Loss Appropriation Account and Current
Accounts of Ravi and Giri
(B.Com., Osm.,) (Ans : Profit after adjustments 42,800)
3. A and B are partners sharing profits in proportion of 3:2 with Capitals of
Z 20,000 and Z 15,000 respectively. 5 percent interest was agreed to be
calculated on the capitals of each partner and B is to be allowed an annual
salary of Z 3,600 which has not been withdrawn. During the year 2005 A
withdrew Z 1,500 and B Z 2,500 in anticipation of profits. The profits for the
year prior to the calculation of interest on capital but after charging B's
Salary amounted to Z 10,000. A provision of 10 percent on this amount is to
be made in respect of commission to the Manager. Show the Partner's accounts
a) Where the capitals are fluctuating quantities b) Where the capitals are
fixed quantities and c) the account showing the allocation of profits
(Ans: Net Profit r 7,250, i) When capitals are fluctuating A's Capital
?23,850. B's Capital '19,750 When capitals are fixed. A's Current
Account 3,850, B's Current Account x4,750)
4. A, B and C are partners sharing profits and losses in proportion to their
capitals at the beginning of the year. They are entitled annually to draw
Z 6,000; Z 5,000 and Z 4,000 respectively out of their anticipated share of
profits. Any drawings in excess of these amounts are to be regarded as advances
taken from the firm and are subjected to interest at an average rate of 6
percent per annum. The capitals as at the beginning of the year to be allowed
interest at an average rate of 5 percent per annum.
The capitals of the partners as at the beginning of the year were:
A Z 80,000; B Z 60,000; C Z 40,000
The credit balances of their current accounts were:
A Z 2,304; B Z 3,728; C Z 1,152.
Their drawings during the year were:
A Z 10,000; B 12,000; C Z 5,000.
The profits for the year were Z 30,096 before making any adjustments for
interest as above. Draw up the Capital and Current Accounts of the partners.
(Ans. Net Profits r 21,816. Current Account balances :
A r 5,760, B el,580 and C X2,940)
5. On 1" January 2005 Mr. Author and Mr. Book entered into a partnership on
the following terms:
a) Mr. Author and Mr. Book are to contribute capitals of Z 50,000 &
Z 30,000 respectively.
A-22
b) Profits and Losses are to be shared in the ratio of 3 : 2.

c) Interest on capital is to be allowed at 5 percent per annum.
d) Interest on Drawings is to be charged at 2 percent per annum.
e) Mr. Author is to get a salary of Z 500 per month.
f) Mr. Book is to get commission at 2 percent on the net profits of the firm
before charging any of the above.
On 31" December 2005 their trading profits, before giving effect to the above
terms„ was Z 60,000. During the year Mr. Author has withdrawn Z 1,000 and Mr.
Book Z 500 from the firm on which interest is to be charged for the whole year.
You are required to prepare. Profit and Loss Appropriation Account for the
year ended 31" December 2005 and partners Capital Accounts in cases when.
a) Their Capitals are fixed
b) Their Capitals are fluctuating.
(B.Com. Osm.) (Ans. Net Profit x48,830. i) Current Account balances when
capitals are fixed: Author x36,778, Book x21,722, When Capitals are
fluctuating; Author's Capital x86,778 Book's Capital
51,722)
6. A and B start business with capitals of Z 80,000 and Z 40,000 on Pt January,
2005. B is entitled to a salary of Z 500 per month. Interest is allowed on
capitals and is charged on drawings at 6% p.a. Profits are to be distributed
equally after making the above adjustments. During the year A withdrew
Z 8,000 and B Z 10,000. Profits before are adjustments amounted to Z 50,000.
Assuming the capitals to be fixed, prepare the Profit and Loss Appropriation
Account and the account relating to partners.
(Ans: Profit after adjustments '37,340, A's Current Account '15,230 B's
Account 16,770)
Admission of Partner
7. Srvan and Swaroop were sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 7:3. They
were to admit a new partner and decided to introduce the following changes
in books of accounts.
(i) Distribution of General Reserve of Z 20,000
(ii) Revalue and alter the book value of Furniture to Z 8,800 from its present
book value of Z 10,200
(iii) Decrease the provision for doubtful debts from Z 6,000 to Z 4,500.
(iv) Record the newly admitted claim of Z 9,000 payable to employees as
bonus.
(v) Write off Z 3,000 from book value of Buildings.
Write journal entries for the above and prepare Revaluation Account and
also General Reserve A/c.
(B.Com., Osm.,) (Ans : Revaluatioon Loss r 11,900)
8. Sandeep and Pradeep are partners sharing profits in equal proportion. The
following is the Balance Sheet of the firm as on 31" March 2009.
A-23
Liabilities Assets Z
Capital Buildings 74,000
Sandeep 1,00,000 Furniture 10,000
Pradeep 90,000 Investments 40,000
Stock 40,000
Creditors 80,000 Bills Receivable 34,000
Salaries outstanding 28,000 Sundry Debtors 84,000
Less : Provision 8,000 76,000
Cash at Bank • 20,000
Cash in hand 4,000
2,98,000 2,98,000
Before Navadeep join s as partner the following adjustments were to be
made.
i) Provision for doubtful debts to be raised to 2.13,000
ii) Buildings and Furniture are revalued at Z. 80,000 and Z. 9,000 respectively.
iii) A claim of Z. 3,000 by an ex. employee of the firm is to be admitted.
Pass journal entries and prepare Revalution. Account and Balance Sheet
after giving effect to the above before admission of Navadeep.
(B.Com., Osm. ,) (Ans : Revaluation Loss (3,000
Balance Sheet Total 2,98,000)
9. The following was the Balance Sheet of Vidyananda Chary and Suresh who
were sharing profit in ratio of 3:2 on 31" December 2005.
Balance Sheet as on 31" Dec 2005
Liabilities t Assets Z
General Reserve 30,000 Cash at Bank 5,000
Creditors 60,000 Sundry Debtors 10,000
Vidyananda Chary's Capital 30,000 Stock ----- 20,000
Suresh's Capital 20,000 Plant and Machinery --- 55,000
Buildings 50,000
1,40,000 1,40,000
They agreed to admit Srinivas into Partnership on the following terms:
I) Srinivas was to be given one third share in Profits, and was to bring
?. 25,000 as his capital and 10,000 as his share of goodwill.
2) That the values of Stock and Plant were to be reduced by 10 percent.
3) That a provision of 5 percent was to be created in respect of sundry debtors.
4) That Buildings account was to be appreciated by 20% and
5) That the goodwill amount was to be withdrawn by the old partners. Draft
journal entries to give effect to the above arrangement, and prepare the
opening Balance Sheet of the new firm.
(Ans. Revaluation Profit F. 2,000; Balance Sheet total 1,67,000)
10. Rajesh and Ajay are partners in a firm sharing profits and losses in the ratio of
2:1. Their Balance Sheet was as follows on lst January 2005.
A'I
T Z
Sundry Creditors-" 20,000 Plant and M.1. Ilinciy ....i 40,000
General Reserve 15,000 Paiciik 10,000
Capital Accounts: Stock 20,000
Rajesh 40,000 Debtors,/ 18,000
Ajay 25,000 Cash at Bank 12,000
1,00,000 1,00,000
Vijay is admitted as a partner on the above date on the following terms:
a) He will pay T. 15,000 as Goodwill and Z. 30,000 as Capital 1/4th share in
the profits of the firm. Goodwill is to be retained in the business.
b) The assets are to be valued as under:
Plant and Machinery at Z. 45,000
Stock at Z. 16,000
Debtors at book figure less Provision of 5%
c) It was found that the creditors included a sum of T.1,500 which was not to be
paid. But it was also found that there was a liability for compensation to
worker amounting to Z. 1,900.
Give journal entries to record the above and prepare the Balance Sheet of the
firm after Vijay's admission
(Ans. Loss on Revaluation '300; Balance Sheet total r 1,45,100)
11. Pratap had the following Balance Sheet as on July 2005.
Liabilities ! Assets and Property
Sundry Creditors 2,500 Cash in hand 400
Bills payable 1,000 Cash in Bank 13;600
Outstanding Expenses 500 Sundry Debtors 29,000
Pratap's Capital 1,00,000 Stock in trade 17,000
Investments 11,000
Furniture 1,000
Motor Lorry 9,500
Plant & Machinery 13,400
Land & Buildings 9,100
1,04,000 1,04,000
Pratap decided to admit Shiva as his working partner and the following terms
were agreed upon between them:
a) Shiva would bring 10,000 as his Capital and pay Z 8,000 as premium for
one-fifth share in the business.
b) The assets should be revalued as follows:
Stock less 10 percent: investments at 10,000; furniture, motor lorry and
plant and machinery less 5% and Land and Buildings at 15,000
c) A reserve for doubtful debts to be created at 5% of sundry debtors.
Assuming that the above agreement was duly carried out show the necessary
u. entries to record the above adjustments and prepare the Balance
1. 1 di.. firm after the admission of Shiva.
-m.. Ostn) (Ans. Profit on Revaluation f 555, Balance Sheet Total
'1,22,555)
A-25
3
12. Surya and Chandra sharing profits in proportion of /4 and V4 furnish their
Balance Sheet on 31.12.2010 as follows :
Liabilities Assets Z
Creditors 37,500 Cash at Bank 22,500
General Reserve 8,000 Bills Receivable 13,000
Capital Accounts Debtors 16,000
Surya 60,000 Stock 40,000
Chandra 32,000 Office Furniture 11,000
1,37,500 1,37,500
They admit Tara into partnership on 1.1.2011 on the following conditions :
1) Tara pays Z 30,000 as his capital for 1/5 share in the future profits.
2) Tara pays Z 40,000 as Goodwill
3) The Stock and Furniture be reduced by 10% each.
4) 5% provision for doubtful debts be created on debtors.
5) Value of Land & Buildings be increased by 20%.
6) The Capital Accounts of the partners be re-adjusted on the basis of their profit
sharing ratio and any additional amount be debited or credited to their Current
Accounts.
From the above information draw necessary Ladger Accounts and new Balance
Sheet of the firm. (B.Com., Osm.,) (Ans. Balance Sheet Total Z 2,08,600)
13. The following is the Balance Sheet of A, B and C sharing Profits and losses in
proportion of 6/14, 5/14 and 3/14 respectively.

Bills Payable 6,300 Debtors 26,460
General Reserve 10,500 Stock... 29,460
A's Capital 35,400 Furniture./ 7,350
B's Capital 29,850 Land & 45,150
C's Capital 14,550 Goodwill 5,250
1,15,500 1,15,500
th
They agreed to take D into partnership and give him 1/8 share on the
I allowing terms: (i) That furniture,be depreciated by Z. 920 (ii) That stock be
11)reciated by 10% (iii) a provision of 2.1,320 be made for outstanding repair .,
hi I Is (iv) That the value of land & buildings having appreciated to be brought t
"id a a Z. 59,850 (v) that D should bring in as his share of goodwill 2.14,070.
a \ I that D should then bring in 2.14,700 as his capitals (vii) that after making the
aI i‘ r adjustments the pital accounts _of old_parents_be adiuggsl on the basis of
la a 'vital to his share in the business i.e. actual cash to be paid off or brought in
I.\ ic old partners as the case may be.
A-26
Pass the necessary journal entries and prepare the Balance Sheet of the new
firm.
(B.Com. (Hons.) Delhi Adapted)
(Ans. Profit on revaluation (9,520; Balance Sheet total r1,44,120)
14. The following was the Balance Sheet of Khan, Ismail and Nandy who share
profit and losses in proportion of one-half, one-third and one-sixth respectively.
Creditors 5,000 Land & Buildings 48,000

Capitals : Machinery 7,000
Khan 57,000 Stock 29,000
Ismail 32,000 Debtors 25,200
Giri 16,000 Cash 800
1,10,000 1St
1,10,000
They agreed to take Ashish into partnership as from January 2005 giving
him 1/16th share in the profits on the following terms: •
a) That Ashish should bring in 3,000 as Goodwill and 8,000 as his capital.
b) That Machinery be depreciated by 12 percent.
c) That a reserve of 5 per cent be created for doubtful debts.
d) That stock be depreciated by 10 per cent.
e) That the value of Land and Buildings be brought upto 62,000.
I) That after making the above adjustments the Capital of the old partners be
adjusted according to their new profit sharing proportions, actual amount to
be brought in by or to be paid off to them as the case may be.
Prepare the Revaluation Accounts Partners' Capital Accounts and the opening
Balance Sheet of the firm as newly constituted.
(B.Com., Osm) (Ans. Profit on Revaluation '9,000, Payment to Khan
r3,000, Payment by Ismail X4,000. Giri X2,000. Khan's capital
r 60,000. Ismails' Capital x40,000. Giti's Capital '20,000. Balance
Sheet total '1,33,000)
15. The following is the Balance Sheet of A and B as at 31" December, 2005.
Liabilities Assets z
Capital : Sundry Assets 55,000
A 25,000
B 20000 45,000
65,000 65,000
The partners shared profits and losses in the ratio of 3:2. On the above date
was admitted as a partner on the condition that he would pay
7 20,000 as Capital. Goodwill was to be valued at 3 years purchase of the
average of four years' profits which were:-
2002 9,000 2004 12,000
2003 14,000 2005 13,000
The new profit sharing ratio is 7 : 5 : 4
A-27
Give journal entries, leer accounts and Balance Sheets under the following
methods of treatment of goodwill:-
a) If goodwill is raised and written off.
h) I f goodwill is brought in cash and withdrawn from the business.
(B.Com., Osm) (Ans. Balance Sheet total (under both methods of treatment
85,000)
16. C and D carrying on business in partnership and sharing profits 5/8th &
3/8th. require a partner when their Balance Sheet stood as follows.
Balance Sheet
Reserve Fund 20,000 Debtors 20,000
Capitals : Stock 10,000
C 40,000 Investment 7,600
D 20,000 60,000 Plant 50,000
90,000 90,000
They admit E into partnership giving him 1/8th share on the following terms:
I) Stock to be depreciated by 20 per cent, a provision of 5 percent on debtors is
to be made for doubtful debts, investments are to be brought in the new firm
at an agreed value of 6,000 and Plant to be appreciated by 20 per cent.
II) E brings in 16,000 as his share of goodwill
ill) E brings in cash as Capital to the extent of 1/8th of the combined capitals of
the partner after the above adjustment.
Show th journal entries recording these transactions and draw out the Balance
Sheet of the new firm and also state how the partners will share in profits of the new
firm.
(Ans. Revaluation Profit f5,400; Balance Sheet Total 8,24,075;
E brings in rI2,675 as Capital; C's capital r 65,875; D's Capital
r 35,525).
17. The following is the Balance Sheet of A and B as at 31" March 2006 C is
admitted as a partner on that date when position of A and B was as under:
A's Capital 10,000 Debtors 11,000
B's Capital 8,000 Land and Buildings 8,000
Creditors 12,000 Plant and Machinery 10,000
General Reserve 16,000 Stock of goods 12,000
Workmen's Compensation Cash and Bank
Fund 4,000 Balance 9,000
50,000 50,000
A and B shared profit in proportion of 3:2. The following terms of admission
ore agreed upon.
(1) Revaluation of assets: Land and Buildings Z. 18,000; Stock of Goods
t. 16,000. (2) The liability on workmen's compensation fund is determined at
A-28
7.2,000. (3) C brought in as his share of goodwill 7. 10,000 in cash (4) C was to
bring further cash as would make his capital equal to 20 percent of the combined
Capital of partners A and B after above revaluation and adjustments are carried out
(5) The future profit sharing proportion were as under: A-2/5th B- 2/5th and C 1/5th.
Prepare the new Balance Sheet of the firm and Capital Accounts of the Partners.
(B.Com., Bombay) (Ans. Profit on revaluation T16,000; Balance
Sheet total 86,000)
Retirement of Partner
18. The Balance Sheet of A, B and C sharing profits in proportion to capital stood
as follows as on 31' December 2005
Liabilities Z Assets z
General Reserve 10,000 Debtors 35,000
Capitals: Stock 15,000
A 20,000 Machinery 25,000
B 15,000 Fixtures 2,000
C 15,000
90,000 90,000
On that date, C retires from the firm and for this purpose the goodwill of th
firm has been valued at 18,000. Stock has been revalued at 20,000, Machine
at 15,000 Fixtures at 7 10,000 and a Reserve of 3,000 for doubtful debts ha
been agreed to be created.
Pass journal entries to give effect to the above and show the Mance Sheet o
A and B after C's retirement.
(Ans. Revaluation Profit Nil; Balance Sheet Total x90,000
19. Arun, Tarun and Varun were carrying on a business in partnership sharin
profits in the ratio of 5:3:2 respectively. On 31.12.2003 their Balance Shee
stood as follows :
Capital Accounts Freehold Premises 75,000
Arun 1,00,000 Furniture and Fittings 22,550
Tarun 60,000 Stock 69,840
Varun 35,000 Trade Debtors 29,60
1,95,000 Bills Receivable 10,00
Trade Creditors 33,880 Cash at Bank 24,63
Outstanding Expenses 2,745
2,31,625 2,31,62
On the following terms Varun retired on 31.12.2003
1) Freehold premises be increased by 20%
2) Furniture and Fittings be depreciated by 10%
3) Provision for doubtful debts @5% of trade debtors be created.
4) The agreed value of the firm's goodwill is 60,000
A-29
5) The amount finally due to Varun be paid immediately.

Arun and Tarun bring in ?.20,000 each to facilitate payment.
Arun and Tarun agreed to share profits in future in the ratio of 3:2 respectively.
From the above information prepare necessary accounts and draw new Balance
Sheet.
(B.Com., Osm.,) (Ans : Balance Sheet Total : 2,93,638)
20. Basu and Das are partners sharing Profits and losses equally. On 30th June
2005 their Balance Sheet was as under: •
Balance Sheet
Z
Sundry Creditors 39,800 Freehold Premises 26,000
Capitals: Machinery 42,000
Basu 45,000 Stock 12,000
Das 36,000 Sundry Debtors 38,000
Bank Balance 2,800
1,20,800 th
1,20,800
It is agreed that Basu will retire as from 30 June 2005 and that Das will take
over the business on the following terms.
(a) Goodwill of the firm to be valued at ?. 11,000.
(b) Stock to be agreed as worth ?. 10,000.
(c) A Reserve for doubtful debts to be created at 2 percent.
(d) Basu to be paid out as to ?. 20,000 of the amount found to be due to him by
a loan taken at 9 percent, and as to the balance by a bill of exchange payable
after 2 months.
Show journal entries to record the above transactions and also the Balance
Sheet of Das after the adjustments have been made.
(B.Com., Osm.) (Ans. Loss on Revaluation r2,760; Balance Sheet Total
1,18,040)
I . A, B and C were carrying on business in partnership sharing profits and losses
in the ratio 3:2:1. On 31st December 2005 Balance Sheet of the firm stood as
follows:
Sundry Creditors 13,590 Cash 5,900
Capital Accounts : Debtors 8,000
A 15,000 Stock 11,690
B 10,000 Buildings 23,000
C 10,000 35,000
48,590 48,590
retired on the above mentioned date on the following terms:
Buildings be appreciated by Z. 7,000.
Provision for bad debts be made @ 5% on debtors.
A-30
iii) Goodwill of the firm be valued at Z. 9,000 and adjustment in this respect be
made without raising Goodwill Account.
iv) Z 5,000 be paid to B immediately and the balance due to him be treated as a
loan carrying interest@ 6% per annum. Pass journal entries to record the
above transactions and show the Balance Sheet of the firm as it would appear
immediately after B's retirement.
(Ans. Profit on Revaluation 6,600. B's Loan f10,200; A's Capital
f 16,050. C's capital f 10,350.thBalanceth Sheet total f 50,190)
22. C, P and S were partners sharing
51 Profits 2/5 , 3/10 and 3/10th respectively.
Their Balance Sheet on 31 December 2005 was as follows:
Liabilities Assets
Capital : Buildings 18,000
C 16,000 Plant 14,000
P 12,000 Motor Car 4,000
S 10,000 Stock 10,000
Reserve 5,000 Debtors 7,000
Bills Payable 2,000 Less Provision 1,000 6,000
53,000 53,000
P retires on that date on the following terms:
i) The goodwill of the firm is to be valued at Z 7,000.
ii) Stock and Buildings are to be appreciated by 10%.
iii) Plant and Motor Car are to be depreciated by 10 percent.
iv) Liability for the payment of gratuity to worker Z 2,000 is not yet recorded in
books, but the same is to be provided for.
v) Provision for bad debts is no more necessary.
vi) It is decided not to maintain goodwill account in the books.
vii) The amount payable to P is to be paid in 3 equal annual instalments beginning
from 1" January 2006 with interest at 10 percent p.a.
You are required to prepare (1) Revaluation Account (2) Partner's Capital
Accounts. (3) New Balance Sheet of C & S.
(Ans. Balance1 Sheet Total '55,000)
23. X, Y and Z were partners sharing profits in the ratio of /2 : : Vt respectively.
The Balance Sheet of the firm on 31" December 2005 was :
Z
Sundry Creditors 20,000 Cash at Bank 2,000
Reserve Fund 16,000 Debtors 22,800
Capital accounts Less provision 1,800 21,000
X 30,000 Stock 20,000
Y 20,000 Motor Vehicle 10,000
Z 15,000 65,000 Plant & Machinery 30,000
Buildings 18,000
1,01,000 1,01,00
A-31
Y retires on that date subject to the following conditions :-

1) Goodwill of the firm to be valued at Z. 20,000.
2) Plant and MaChinery to be depreciated by 10% and Motor Vans by 20%.
3) Stock and Buildings to be appreciated by 20%.
4) Provision for doubtful debts to be increased by Z. 1,000.
5) Liability for workmen's compensation to the extent of Z. 500 is to be brought
into account. 3
It was agreed that X and Z will share profits in future in the ratic) of / 5th and
,
2/5th. Pass journal entries and prepare Balance Sheet when (1) the change in the
values is to be recorded in the books and (2) When assets and liabilities are to
continue to appear at their old figures. •
(Ans. Balance Sheet total r1,22,600; Profit on revaluation r1,100;
X's Capital (48,550; Z's Capital r 24,275; Y's Loan r 29,275)
24. X retired from a firm on 31" December 2005. The amount due to him was
Z 45,600. The terms of retirement provided payment of Z 15,600 immediately
and the balance in three years by payment of 210,000 each year together With
interest at 8% p.a. Show X's loan account till it is paid off.
Death of Partner:
25. Mahesh, Naresh and Suresh were in Partnership sharing profits equally, Suresh
dies on 31st March 2005. The Balance Sheet of the firm on 31" December
2004 stood as follows:
Z Z
Creditors 12,900 Cash in hand and
General Reserve 6,000 at Bank 5,000
Capitals : Debtors 10,000
Mahesh 30,000 Stock 10,000
Naresh 20,000 Investments (at Cost) 5,000
Suresh 20,000 70,000 Freehold Property 40,000
Goodwill 18,900
88,900 88,900
a) On the date of death, freehold property is valued at Z 58,000. Investments are
valued to Z 4,700 and stock is valued at Z 9,400.
b) Goodwill is to be valued at one year's purchase of the average profit of the
past five years.
c) Suresh's share of profit to the date of his death is to be calculated on the basis
of average profits of the preceeding three years.
The Profits of the last five years are given below:
2000 11,500
2001 14,000
2002 9,000
2003 8,000
2004 10,000
A-32
You are required to pass the necessary journal entries and to show the capital
account of Suresh. Also set out the Balance Sheet of the remaining partners.
(B. Corn., Osm.) (Ans. Profit on revaluation r8,700, Balance Sheet
Total x87,850)
26. X, Y and Z were partners sharing Profits and Losses in the ratio of 5:3:2
respectively. On 31" December 2004 their Balance Sheet stood as under:
Liabilities Assets
S. Creditors 27,500 Buildings 50,500
Reserve Fund 15,000 Patents 15,000
Capital Accounts: Machinery 75,000
X 75,000 Stock 25,000
Y 62,500 Debtors 20,000
Z 37,500 1,75,000 Cash at Bank 32,500
2,17,500 2,17,500
Z died on 1" May 2005. 1it was agreed that:
a) Goodwill be valued at 2 /2 years purchase of the average profits of the last
four years, which were-2001 2.32,500; 2002 2.30,000; 2003 2.40,000 and
2004 2.37,500.
b) Machinery be valued at Z. 70,000; Patents at Z. 20,000 and Buildings at Z.
62,500.
c) For the purpose of calculating Z's share in the Profits of 2005, the Profits in
2005 should be taken to have been earned on the same scale as in 2004.
d) A sum of Z. 10,500 is to be paid immediately to the Executors of Z and the
balance to be paid in four equal half-yearly instalments together with interest
@ 10%p.a.
Give the necessary journal entries to record the above transactions and is
Executors Account for the year 2005.
(Ans. Balance on 31g December 2004 in Executors of Z Account T39,375)
Hint: Goodwill T. 87,500; is Share of Profit T. 2,500)
Chapter-2
PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS - II
DISSOLUTION OF FIRM AND SALE TO COMPANY
There is a distinction between dissolution of Partnership and dissolution of

firm. A partnership is dissolved whenever a partner is admitted or retires or dies. In
such a case the Old Partnership is dissolved and a new partnership is formed and
the business of the firm is continued. According to partnership Act "dissolution of
Partnership between all the partners of a firm is called dissolution of firm". It
implies complete break-down of the relation of Partners between all the partners.
The business of the firm comes to an end. Firm's books of accounts are closed.
Assets are realised, liabilities are paid off and claims of partners are settled.
Dissolution of Partnership does not necessarily mean dissolution of firm, but the
dissolution of firm necessarily means the dissolution of Partnership
A Partnership firm will be dissolved in following cases:
1. The partners agree that the firm should be dissolved.
2. All partners except one becomes insolvent.
3. The business becomes illegal.
4. In case of partnership at will, a partner gives notice of his intention to dissolve
the firm.
5. The court orders dissolution
Accounting treatment
Whenever a firm is dissolved, a special account called 'Realisation Account'
is prepared to know the net gain or loss on the realisation of assets and settlement
of liabilities. The following entries are passed.
I . Fir transfer of assets
Realisation A/c Dr.
To Asset Accounts
Note
I. Each asset account should be credited individually.
2. Cash and Bank balances are not be transferred to Realisation Account, unless
they are taken over by a partner.
3. Assets should be transferred at book values, i.e. values at which they are
appearing in Balance Sheet.
4, Unrecorded assets, if any, is not transferred to Realisation Account.
5. The assets against which provisions (such as provision for doubtful debts
etc.) exist should be transferred at gross figure.
B-2
6. Accumulated loss as Profit&Loss Account (debit balance) should not be

transferred to Realisation Account,
2. For transfer of liabilities to third parties and provisions and reserves against
assets.
Liability Account Dr
Provision Account Dr.
To Realisation Account
Note
1. Liabilities and Provisions should be transferred at book values.
2. Each liability and provision is transferred individually.
3. Accumulated profits e.g. Reserve Fund or General Reserve, Profit & Loss
Account (Credit Balance) should not be transferred to Realisation A/c.
4. Loan Accounts, Capital Accounts and Current Accounts of Partners should
not be transferred to Realisation A/c
3. For realising assets
Bank Account Dr.
4. For assets taken over by a Partner
Partner's Capital Account Dr.
5. For the Payment or discharge of liabilities
Realisation Account Dr.
To Bank Account
6. For the liabilities agreed to be discharged by a partner
To Partner's Capital Account
7. For expenses of Realisation
To Bank
If a Partner agrees to bear realisation expenses in consideration of a agreed
amount to be paid to him.
To Partner's Capital Account
Note : In such a case no entry is made in the books for the actual expenses
paid by the partner.
8. For transfer of Profit on realisation
To Partner's Capital Accounts
Note: In case of loss, the above entry should be reversed.
V, Vor payment of Partner's Loan
Pannell Loan Account Dr.
To Bank Account
B-3
10. For transferring accumulated profit to partner's capital accounts

Reserve Fund Account Dr.
Profit & Loss Accbunt Dr.
To Partner's Capital Accounts
Note : If there is any debit balance of Profit & Loss A/c then it should be
transferred to capital accounts of the partners by debiting the capital accounts and
crediting Profit & Loss Account.
11. For closing Capital Accounts
Partner's Capital Accounts Dr.
To Bat* Account
Note: In case a Partner's Capital Account shows debit balance, he is required
to clear off his debit balance before making payment to other partners.
After the claim of partners are settled, there will not be any balance in Bank
Account.
Insolvency of a Partner
If a partner is unable to pay his debt due to the firm, he is said to be insolvent.
According to the decision in the English case of Garner Vs Murry, solvent partners
have to bear the loss due to insolvency in proportions to their capitals just before
dissolution. This decision makes a distinction between an ordinary loss due to
trading or realisation of assets and a loss on account of insolvency of a partner. The
loss on account of insolvency of a partner is a capital loss and as such be borne by
other solvent partners in proportion to their capitals. If a solvent partner's capital
shows a debit balance, then he is not responsible for the loss due to insolvency of
a partner. According to the decision, the solvent partner should bring in cash equal
to their share of loss on realisation. In actual practice partners do not bring any
cash for their share of loss on realisation. Only notional entries are made.
If the Capital accounts of partners are fixed, then no adjustment is required
for accumulated profits, losses, drawings etc. and the deficiency of the insolvent
partner is borne by the solvent partners in proportion to their fixed capitals All
adjustments regarding accumulated profits or losses, reserves etc. will be made in
the Current Accounts of the partners. The deficiency in the Capital Account of the
insolvent partner will be borne by the solvent partners in proportion to their
capital as on the date of dissolution.
If the capitals are fluctuating, the Capital Accounts, should be adjusted by
transferring Reserves, Profits and Losses to their respective Capital Accounts. The
Capitals so arrived should be the basis for sharing the loss arising due to insolvency
of a partner. Loss or Profit on realisation should not be considered while ascertaining
the capital ratio of the solvent partners.
Steps involved in case of insolvency of partner:
When Capital Accounts are fixed
All Journal entries upto the ascertainment of Profit or Loss on Realisation
will be the same as discussed above. The following further entries are required to
he passed.
B-4
1. Undistributed Profits, Reserves etc. should be transferred to Current Accounts

of the Partners. The entry is:
General Reserve A/c Dr.
Profit & Loss A/c Dr.
To Partners Current Accounts
However, if there is any Profit & Loss (1 Mut balance) then Current Accounts
should be debited and Profit & Loss A/c Credited.
2. Loss on Realisation should he transferred to ('urrent Accounts of the Partners.
The entry is
Partners Current Accounts I )1,
To Realisation A/c
3. Each solvent partner is required to bring in Lie. inlet live share of loss on
realisation. The entry is:
Bank A/c , Dr.
To Solvent Partner's Current Aceolint ,
4. The insolvent Partners Current Accotu l he transferred to his Capital
Account. If the Current Account shows debit I t ice, the entry for transfer is:
t.11.t
Insolvent Partner's Capital A/c Dr.
To Insolvent Partners Current A/c
5. If any amount is realised from the estate of insolvent partner then the should
be credited to this Capital Account. The entry is:
Bank A/c Dr.
To Insolvent Partner's Capital A/c
6. The Capital Deficiency (i.e. the net debit balance) of the insolvent partner
should be transferred to the Current Accounts of the Solvent Partners in
proportion to their Capitals as on the date of balance Sheet. The entry is
Solvent Partners Current Accounts Dr.
To Insolvent Partners Capital A/c
7. The solvent partners Current Accounts should now be closed by transfer to
their respective Capital Accounts. The entry for the transfer of credit balance
in Current Account to Capital Account is:
Solvent Partner's Current Accounts Dr.
To Solvent Partners' Capital Accounts
8. If any Solvent Partner's Capital Accounts shows Debit balance, then he is
required to bring the amount due from him before making payment to other
solvent partners.
In such a case Bank Account is debited and his Capital Account credited.
Now the final payment is made to the Solvent Partners of the amount due to
them. The entry is:
Solvent Partner's Capital Accounts
To Bank Account
B-5
When Capital Accounts are Fluctuating

When Capital Accounts are fluctuating, all adjustments regarding
undistributed Profits, reserves, Profits & Loss (Dr. Balance), Realisation Profit or
Loss amount of realisation loss brought in by solvent partners etc are made through
Capital Accounts (i.e. instead of debiting or crediting Current Accounts, Capital
Accounts are debited are credited). The Net Deficiency of the insolvent partner is
borne by solvent partners is proportion to their capitals after the transfer of General
Reserve, Profit & Loss Account balance. Profit or Loss on realisation, should not
be considered while ascertaining the capital ratio of the solvent.partners. The
entry for transfer of loss due to insolvency of a partner to the Capital Accounts of
solvent partners is
Solvent Partner's Capital Accounts Dr.
To Insolvent Partner's Capital Account.
Sale to a company
Sometimes a Partnership firm may be converted into a company. In such a
case, the firm is dissolved and the business carried by the firm is acquired by the
company. Technically, this is called sale to a company. When a Partnership firm
is sold, the procedure regarding closing of the books of accounts of the firm is
same as in the case of dissolution of a firm. The partnership firm is sold to company
for a price known as purchase consideration. Purchase consideration is the price
agreed to be paid by the purchasing company to the firm. The purchase
consideration can be ascertained by any of the following methods.
1. Lump Sum Method under this method purchase consideration is stated as a
Lump Sum. If X Co purchases the business of ABC firm and agrees to pay
50,000 then 50,000 is the purchase consideration
2. Net Payment Method under this method, the purchase consideration is
ascertained by adding the various payments made by the company in the
form of cash, share or defentures. It is calculated as under.
Cash XX
Agreed Price of Equity Shares issued XX
Agreed Price of Preference Shares Issued XX
Agreed Price of Debentures Issued XX
Total Payment i.e. Purchase Consideration XX
3. Net Assets Method When details of cash, shares or debentures issued by the
company is not given, purchase consideration is ascertained by calculating
the 'net woth' of the assets taken over by the company i.e.
Agreed Value of Assets taken Over XX
Less agreed value of liabilities taken over XX
Purchase Consideration
As stated above, purchase consideration may be paid by the company partly
in cash and partly by the allotment of shares and debentures. The shares received
from the company, is the absence of any agreement, should be distributed among
the partners in the profit sharing ratio and the remaining un paid balances of
capital accounts are paid in cash
B-6
Journal Entries in the books of the firm:

1. For transfer of Assets to Realization Account
Realization A/c Dr (with book value
of theassets)
To Sundry Assets (individually)
Note: If the purchasing company takes over cash and bank balances, then
that should also be transferred to Realization A/c
2. For transfer of liabilities to realization A/c
Liabilities A/c (individually) Dr (with book value)
To Realization A/c
3. For purchase consideration agreed upon
Purchasing company Dr
To Realization Account
4. For receiving Purchase consideration
Cash or Bank A/c Dr
Equity shares in Purchasing co
Preference shares in purchasing co
Debentures in purchasing co
To Purchasing Company
5. For sale of assets not taken over by purchasing company
Cash / Bank Dr
To Realization A/c
6. For payment of liabilities not taken over by purchasing co
Realization A/c
To Cash / Bank Dr
7. For payment of realization expenses
Realization A/c Dr
8. For profit on realization
Realization A/c
To Partners Capital Accounts
Note: In case of loss, the above entry is reversed
9. For transfer of accumulated profits and Reserves
Profit & Loss A/c Dr
Reserves A/c Dr
To Partners Capital Accounts
Note: In case of accumulated losses partners capital accounts should be
debited and concerned loss account should be credited
10. For payment of partners loan
Partners Loan A/c Dr
To Cash / Bank
11. For distribution of cash / shares / debentures
Partners Capital Accounts Dr
To Cash
" Shares in purchasing company
" Debentures in purchasing company
B-7
Illustration : 1
Balance Sheet of A and B as on...
Liabilities 7 Assets
S.Creditors 40,000 Machinery 60,000
Mr.s B's Loan 10,000 Furniture 10,000
A's Loan 5,000 Stock 30,000
Capital Accounts: (-) Provision
A 40,000 for D. Debts 1,000 19,000
B 30,000 70,000 Cash 11,000
1,30,000 1,30,000
A and B were sharing Profits and losses in the ratio of 3:2. They decided to
dissolve the firm on the date of the above Balance Sheet. The assets realised as
follows:
Machinery Z 50,000 Stock Z 25,000; Debtors Z 18,000. B took over Furniture
at Z 8,000. He also agreed to pay Mr.s B's Loan. The Sundry creditors were paid off
at a discount of 5%. During the course of realisation it was found that a bill for
Z 5,000 previously discounted by the firm was dishonoured and had to be paid.
Realisation expenses amounted to Z 2,000. Prepare Cash Account, Realisation
Account and Capital Account of Partners to close the books of the firm.
Solution
Dr. Realisation A/c Cr.
To Machinery 60,000 By S. Creditors 40,000

To Furniture 10,000 By Mr.s B's Loan A/c 10,000
To Stock 30,000 By Provision for
To Debtors 20,000 D.Debts 1,000
To Cash A/c (Payment By Cash A/c (Assets
of S.Creditors) 38,000 realised) 93,000
To Cash A/c (Bills By B's Capital A/c
dishonoured) 5,000 (Assets taken over) 8,000
To B's Capital A/c By Loss Transferred to
(Mr.s B's Loan A's Capital
taken over) 10,000 3/5 13,800
To Cash A/c (expenses) 2,000 B's Capital
2/5 9,200 23,000
1,75,000 1,75,000
Dr. Cash Account Cr.
To Balance b/d 11,000 By Realisation A/c

To Realisation A/c (S. Creditors paid) 38,000
(Assets realised) 93,000 By Realisation A/c
(Bills dishonoured) 5,000
.111.,ation
, A/c
\ ' ruses) 2,000
\ \ ' .I pan ,/c 5,000
I I\ apital A/c 29,200
II\ B's Capital A/c 24,800
1,04,000 1,04,000
Dr. capnai Cr.
A It A
To Realisation A/c By I K c b/d 40,000 30,000

(Assets taken over 8,000 By Realisation
To Realisation A/c A.c (Liabili-
(Loss transferred) 13,800 9,200 ties taken over 10,000
To Cash A/c 29,200 24,800 By General Reserve 3,000 2,000
43,000 42,000 43,000 42,000
Illustration : 2
A, B, C and D were partners sharing profits and losses equally. Following is
their Balances Sheet as on March 31, 2006
Liabilities Z Assets
S.Creditors 20,000 Cash at Bank 6,500
A's Loan 12,000 S. Creditors ,16,000
Capital Accounts Less Provision for
A 20,000 D.Debts 500 15,500
B 15,000 35,000 Stock 12,000
Furniture 11,000
Capital Accounts.
C 15,000
D 7,000 22,000
67,000 67,000
On March 31, 2006, the firm was dissolved. The assets realised as follows:
Stock 10,000; S.Debtors 11,000; Furniture 5,000. Creditors were paid off in
full, in addition, a contingent liability for bills receivable discounted materialised
to the extent of 2,500. Also there was a joint life policy for 36,000. This was
surrendered for 5000. Expenses of Realisation amounted to 2,000. C was
insolvent but a sum of 4,000 was recovered form his estate.
Show the necessary ledger accounts in the books of the firm.
Solution
Realisation Account
To S. Assets By S. Creditors 20,000

S. Debtors 16,000 " Provision for D. Debts 500
Stock 12,000 " Bank:
B-9
Furniture 11,000 39,000 By Stock 10,000

Bank: " S. Debtors 11,000
Creditors 20,000 " Furniture 5,000
B/R discounted 2,500 22,500 " J.L. Policy 5,000 31,000
Bank 2,000 " Loss transferred to
Realisation expenses " A's Capital A/c 3,000
" B's Capital A/c 3,000
" C's Capital A/c 3,000
" D's Capital A/c 3,1400 12,000
63,500 63,500
Bank Account
To Balance b/d 6,500 By Realisation A/c
To Realisation A/c By Creditors 20,000
Stock 10,000 B/R dis dish, 2,500 22,500
Debtors 11,000 By Realisation A/c 2,000
Furniture 5,000 -expenses
J.L. Policy 5,000 31,000 By A's Loan A/c 12,000
To A's Capital A/c 3,000 By A's Capital A/c 12,000
To B's Capital A/c 3,000 By B'a Capital A/c 9,000
'ro D's Capital A/c 3,000
'ro C's Capital A/c -amt.
received from estate 4,000
To D's Capital A/c 7,000
57,500 57,500
A's Capital Account
Realisation A/c Loss 3,000 By Balance b/d 20,000
C's
4 Capital A/c By Bank 3,000
- /7th deficiency 8,000
Rank-Payment 12,000
23,000 23,000
B's Capital
Realisation A/c 3,000 By Balance b/d 15,000
-loss By Bank 3,000
C's Capital A/c
3
/7 th Deficiency 6,000
Bank 9,000
18,000 18,000
C's Capital Account
Balance b/d 15,000 By Bank-amt received 4,000
Realisation A/c 3,000 from estate
loss By A's Capital
th A/c
4/7 def. 8,000
By B's Capital
th A/c
-3/7 def. 6,000
18,000 18,000
B-10
D's Capital Account

To Balance b/d 7,000 By Bank 3,000To
Realisation A/c-loss 3,000 By Bank 7,000
10,000 10,000
Note: Since D's Capital A/c shows debit balance on the date of insolvency he
will not bear any loss arising out of C's insolvency.
Illustration : 3
The Balance sheet of A, B and C who shares profits and losses in proportion
of 1/2, 1/3 and 1/6 respectively stood as follows on 31-12-2015
Liabilities Assets 7
Bills Payable 1,200 Debtors 20000
Capitals Less Provision 1000 19,000
A 20000 Stock 22,000
B 20000 Plant & Machinery 15,000
C 10000 50,000 Fixtures 1,500
goodwill 4,500
68,200 68,200
It was decided to sell the business to A Ltd., which agreed to allot 6000
shares of Z10 each fully paid in full satisfaction .of Purchase consideration. The
company assured liabilities except bills payable and took over all assets except
bank balance, give journal entries and prepare ledger accounts showing the final
settlement.
Solution:
Journal entries in the books of the firm
1. Realization A/c Dr 63,000
To Debtors 20,000
" Stock 22,000
" Plant & Machinery 15,000
" Fixtures 1,500
" goodwill 4,500
(Being the transfer to assets to realization A/c)
2. Creditors Dr 17,000
Bills Payable A/c Dr 1,200
Provision for Doubtful Debts Dr 1,000
To Realization A/c 19,200
(Being the transfer of liabilities and provision to
A/c)
A I iti , Dr 60,000
tti Realization A/c 60,000
Pith IMO gonxideration agreed upon)
B-11
4. Shares in A Ltd., Dr 60,000

To A Ltd., 6
(Being Purchase consideration received)
To Bank
(Being the payment of bills payables
To A Capital A/c
" B Capital A/c
" C Capital A/c)
(Being profit on realization transferred to Capital
Accounts
7. A Capital A/c Dr 30,000
B Capital A/c Dr 20,000
C Capital A/c Dr 10,000
To shares in A Ltd., 61
8. Bank A/c Dr 2,500
To A Capital A/c
(Being amount due from A received)
9. B Capital Dr 5,000
C Capital Dr 2,500
To Bank A/c
(Being final payment made to B & C)
Capital Accounts
Shares in A C A
Z
To A ltd 30,000 20,000 10,000 By Balance 20,000 20,000 l(
Bank - 5,000 2,500 " Realization 7,500 5,000
" Bank 2,500
30,000 25,000 12,500 30,000 25,000 T
Realization A/c
To Debtors 20,000 By Creditors 17
Stock 22,000 Bills payable 12
PL & Machinery 15,000 Prov. for D Debts 1
Fixtures 1,500 A ltd 60
goodwill 4,500
Bank (B/P paid) 1,200
Profit transferred to
A Capital 7500
B Capital 5000
C Capital 2500 15,000
79,200 79
B-12
Bank Account
To Balance b/d 6,200 By Realization A/C
(B/P paid) —1,200
" A Capital 2,500 " B Capital 5,000
C Capital 2,500
8 00 8,700
S ares in A Ltd
To A ltd 60 000 By A Capital 30,000
" B Capital 20,000
" C Capital 10,000
60,0 I 0 60,000
SHORT ANS RS QUESTIONS
1. A and B were in partnership and agreed to dissolve. The assets realised
75,000. The liabilities were as follows: Sundry creditors 7 45,000; Loan
fromA, 20,000; A's Capital 10,000,3 and tl's Capital, 15,000. They share
profits and losses in proportions of A / 4 and B h/4. Show Realisation Account.
2. The position of a firm on 31-12-2005 was as under:
Reserve 5,000 Bank 5,000
Creditors 10,000 Debtors 10,000
Bills payable 5,000 Less: Reserve 1,000 9,000
Capitals: Stock 17,000
A 10,000 Furniture 4,000
B 5,000 15,000
35,000 35,000
On the above date the partners decided to dissolve. The Assets realised
25,000 and Creditors were paid 9,000 in settlement. Expenses of realisation
came to 1,000. Prepare Realisation Account. (B.Com. Kakatiya)
PROBLEMS
1. X, Y and Z are partners sharing profits and losses in the proportion of 5:3:2.
They decide to dissolve the partnership firm when the Balance Sheet as on
31st March 2001 was.
Liabilities Assets
Sundry Creditors 1,50,000 Bank 18,000
Capitals Sundry Debtors 1,52,000
X 3,30,000 •Stock in Trade 60,000
Y 1,30,000 • Furniture 10,000
Z 32,000 Plant 2,90,000
Land and Buildings 1,124000
6,42,000 6,42,000
B-13
The assets realized as follows : Land and Buildings Z 1,00,000 Plant

/Z 2,50,000 Stock Z 45,000, Furniture Z 9,000, Sundry Debtors Z 1,30,000. Expenses
on dissolution Z 4,000
Prepare necessary accounts in the books for the dissolution of the firm.
(B.Com., Osm.,) (Ans : Realisation Loss T94,000)
2. The following is the Balance Sheet of P, Q and Ron 31st December 2005, the
partners sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2
Balance Sheet of P, Q & R as at 31" December 2005
'abilities Z Assets . Z
Bills Payable 7,000 Sun y Debtors 20,000
Loan from P 30,000 Les Provision
General Reserve 15,000 for doubtful
Capital Account : debts 1,000 19,000
P 30,000 Stock 30,000
Q 25,000 Investments 10,000
R 15,000 70,000 Fixtures 2,000
Plant 35,000
Freehold Property 50,000
1,52,000 1,52,000
The Partnership was dissolved, and the assets realised the following amounts:-
Stock and investments realised 10 percent less than the book values: Debtors
realised Z 17,500 and Plant Z 30,000. Freehold property was sold for Z 85,000.
Fixtures were taken over by P at an agreed value of Z 1200. Creditors were paid off
at a discount of 5 percent. Q agreed to pay the bills payable. Expenses of realisation
amounted to Z 1,000.
Pass Journal entries to give effect to the above and show the necessary ledger
accounts.
(Ans. Realisation Profit "24,200 and Payment to P: x48,400
Q: '43,760 and R: 22,840)
3. X, Ycarrying
and Z wereon business as manufactures of leather goods. The
profit sharing ratio was 3 : 2 : 1 respectively. Their Balance Sheet on 31"
December 2005 was as follows:
Liabilities Assets
Sundry Creditors 10,000 Cash at Bank 2,000
Mrs. X's Loan A/c 15,000 Stock in Trade 10,000
Y's Loan Account 20,000 Sundry Debtors 21,000
Reserve Fund 12,000 Less Provision 1,000 20,000 -
Repairs and Renewals Furniture & Fittings 8,000
Reserve 1,800 Investments 11,000
Capitals : Plant and Machinery 67,000
X 30,000 Prepaid Insurance 800
Y 20,000
10,000 60,000
1,18,800 1,18,800
B-14
The firm was dissolved on 31' December 2005. The assets realised the
following:-
Stock Z 5,000; Debtors Z 15,000; Fixtures ! 3,000; Plant and Machinery
Z 60,000; X took over investments at an agreed value of t' 7,000 1
and agreed to pay
off the loan to Mrs. X. The Sundry Creditors were paid off less 2 /2 per cent discount.
During the course of realisation it was found that a bill of Z 2,000 previously
discounted by the firm was dishonoured and had to be paid. The realisation expenses
amounted to ! 1,500. Journalise the entries to be made on the dissolution and
show Realisation account, Bank account and Partners' Capital Accounts.
(Ans. Realisation loss?' 30,050; Payments to X: r29,875;
K n4,583; Z: r7,292)
4. On 30th X andJuneY2005
who have been trading in partnership and sharing
profits in the ratio of 3:2 decide to dissolve and trade separately. Their Balance
Sheet on that date showed as follows:-
Z
Reserve Account 5,000 Sundry Debtors 12,500
Current Accounts: Less Provision 500 12,000
X 1,500 Investments 5,000
Y 1,500 3,000 Stock 30,000
Capital Accounts: Furniture 3,000
X 20,000
Y 10,000 30,000
53,000 53,000
X agrees to discharge the liabilities and takes over the Bank balance. He also
takes over the book debts at 10,000. Y takes over the stock at ! 32,000. Furniture
at Z 2,400 and investments at Z 8,500. Y is allowed to carry on the trade in the old
firm's name on his taking over the goodwill at Z 10,000. Pass the necessary journal
entries, show Realisation Account and Capital Accounts of the partners.
(Realisation Profit n2,900; Y will bring r34,240 and
X will get x34,240)
5. The following is the trial balance of the firm of A, B and Con 31st December,
2005
Freehold Property (Hyderabad) 45,000

Leasehold Property (Warangal) 15,000
Leasehold Property (Vijayawada) 12,000
Investments 6,500
Office Furniture 4,000
Stock (Hyderabad) 18,000
Stock (Warangal) 16,000
B-15
Stock (Vijayawada) 14,000

Sundry Debtors 12,500
Cash at Bank 7,000
Capital -A 18,500
50,000
C 45,000
Creditors 36,500
1,50,000 1,50,000
They agreed to dissolve on this date on the following terms:- •
a. The freehold property realised Z 50,000, The Investments realised Z 8,000.
Debtors Z. 12,000 and Furniture Z 3,000.
b. A retired from the business altogether.
c. B took over the Warangal business and the corresponding assets at their book
values, the goodwill for this purpose being valued at 212,000.
d. C took over the Vijayawada business and the corresponding assets at book
values, the goodwill for this purpose being valued at Z 5,000.
e. The expenses of realisation amounted to Z 1,500.
f. The Hyderabad Stock was taken over by B and C equally
g. The partners shared profits in the proportions of 3/5ths, 1/5ths and 1/5th.
Pass the entries necessary to close the books of the firm assuming that each
partner finally settled his account with the firm. Open also the necessary account
to show the working.
(Ans. Realisation Profit r20,500; Final Payment to A: x30,800;
B: ?'2,100 and C: F9,100)
6. A and B were in partnership and agreed to dissolve. The assets realised
Z 80,000. The liabilities were as follows: Sundry creditors Z 45,000. Loan
from A Z 20,000; A's Capital Z 10,000 B's Capital h
Z 15,000. They shared
profits
-
ayd losses in proportions A 3/5th and B 2/5t
Show Kmeans of ledger accounts how the cash realised should be distributed.
(Ans. Realisation loss x10,000; Payment to A: r4,000 and to
B : rll,000. Book value of Assets x90,000)
7. The Partnership between Red and Blue was dissoloved on 31st March, 2009.
On that date the respective credits to the capitals were Red
Z 1,00,000 and Blue Z 60,000. Bills payable and sundry creditors of the firm
were Z 15,000 and Z 30,000 respectively.
The assets represented by the above realised Z. 1,60,000. The expenses of
realisation were Z. 3,000
Prepare necessary ledger accounts to close the books of the firm with necessary
workings. (B.Com., Osm.,) (Ans. Realisation Loss? 94,000)
K, A, B and C commenced business on 1st January 2005 sharing profits and
losses in the ratio of 2 :2:1. Capitals contributed were A: Z 50,000;
B: 40,000 and C : Z 10,000. The Partners were entitled to interest at 6 per
cent per annum.
B-16
During the year the firm earned a Profit (before interest) of 7 25,500. The
partners had drawn: A: 7 5,000; B: 7 3,000 and C: 7 2,000.
On 31" December 2005 the firm was dissolved. The assets realised
7 1,23,000. The creditors which totalled 7 20,000 were paid at a discount of 5
percent. Expenses of realisation which totalled amount 7 2,500.
Prepare accounts to close the books of the firm.
(Ans. Realisation loss T14,000; Final Payments to A: 50,200;
B: r 41,600 and C: r 9,700)
Insolvency of Partner
9. The Balance Sheet of the firm of A, B and C sharing Profit and losses in
proportion of 2/5ths 2/5ths and 1/5th showed the final position on dissolution
as under:-
Balance Sheet
Liabilities Assets
A's Capital 15,000 Cash 5,000
B's Capital 5,000 Realisation Loss 17,000
C's Capital 2,000
22,000 22,000
Show the necessary Ledger Accounts assuming that C is insolvent and is
unable to bring in anything is respect of his deficiency.
(Ans. Final Payment to A: r 13,950; B: r 4,650. C's Deficiency
r 1,400)
10. A, B and C are in partnership sharing profits and losses in the ratio of
4 : 3 : 2. Their Balance Sheet prepared as at 31" December 2005 was as
follows:-
Capital Accounts Debtors 1,000
A 4,000 Stock 2,000
B 2,000 Land and Building 5,500
C 500
10,000 10,000
They agree to dissolve partnership as on this date. To prevent a disastrous
loss on sale, A agrees to take over the stock at a valuation of Z. 1,500 and debtors
at a valuation of Z. 700. The Land Buildings are sold at an auction for 7. 2,700.
Show by means of ledger accounts how the partnership books will be closed, C
being insolvent and unable to provide any more cash
(B.Com. Osm.) (Realisation loss '3,600 Final Payment to A: F1,600;
B: r 1,900
11. The partnership of A, B and C sharing profits and losses in the ratio o
4 : 3 : 2 is dissolved on C becoming bankrupt on 31" December 2005. Thei
Balance Sheet on that date is as follows:
B-17
Liabilities 7 Assets 7
Sundry Creditors 5,000 Cash 2,000
A's Loan Account 3,900 Debtors 6,000
Capital Account: Stock 5,000
A 10,000 Furniture 4,000
B 5,000 Machinery 10,000
Reserve Fund 3,600 C's Capital Account 770
Profit & Loss Account 270
27,770 27,770
The assets realised:- Debtors 25% less, Furniture 10 percent less, Machinery
15 percent less, stock is taken over by A at an agreed value of Z. 4,000. Expenses
of realisation amounted to 2.100. The liabilities were paid off. A sum of Z. 430 is
received from C's estate in full settlement of his indebtedness to the firm. Partners
were paid off. Write the necessary ledger accounts to close books of the firm
(Capitals of the partners may be considered as fixed).
(Ans. Realisation loss T4,500; Payment to be made to A: T7,400;
B: X6,130. Deficiency of C: r480).
12. P, Q and R share profits in the ratio of 1/2, 1/6 and 1/3. They decided to
dissolve the partnership on 31st December 2005. When their Balance Sheet
showed as under :
Balance Sheet as at 31st December, 2005
Liabilities Assets
P's Capital 30,000 Sundry Assets 80,000
Q's Capital 15,000 Goodwill 10,000
R's Capital 3,000
Reserve 6,000
95,000 95,000
Sundry assets realised Z. 50,000 and Goodwill Z. 4,000. You are required to
show the final adjustments among partners assuming that R is insolvent and is
unable to bring in anything firstly, where the capitals are fixed and secondly
where the capitals are fluctuating quantities.
(Ans. Realisation Loss r. 36,000)
13. At the time of the dissolution of the Partnership firm the Balance Sheet of
A,B,C,D was as follows:
Balance Sheet
Capital Accounts Sundry Assets 45,000
A 20,000 C's Capital Account 12,000
B 10,000 30,000 D's Capital Account 5,000
68,000 68,000
B-18
The assets realised: Sundry assets 55,000, Goodwill Z 10,000. The expenses
of realisation amounted to 2,000. 'C' has become insolvent and nothing was
realised from his private estate. Show capital accounts of partners
(Ans. Profit on realisation fI8,000; Payment to 'A': r 19,500,
Payment to B: (12,000; Payment from D: F500)
14. A, B and C share profits in the ration of 5 : 3 : 2. They have decided to sell
their firm to X limited company on 1st January 2015. Their Balance sheet on
that date was as under
7
Creditores 12,000 Cash 2,000
Capital Stock 13,000
A 20000 Debtors 15,000
B 15000 Machinery 12,000
C 13000 48,000 Land & Buildings 18,000
60,000 60,000
Purchase consideration agreed upon was 50,000. Of this the company has
paid RsT 32,000 in its own shares and the balance in cash. Dissolution expenses
amounted to 500 pre pare necessary ledger accounts.
(Ans Realization Profit. F 1,500, Payment to A shares x16,000 cash
F4,750 B Shares F9600 cash r5,850 C Shares 6,400 cash F6,900
15. X and Y carrying on business in partnership resolve to dis'solve the firm and
sell off business to X Y Ltd. On 31" December 2015 their Balance sheet was
under
Liabilities Assets
Capitals Land & Buildings 40,000
X 34000 Furniture 3,320
Y 17000 51,000 Stock 15,380
Creditors 21,250 Debtors 8,450
Cash 5,100
72,250 72,500
The arrangement with the company is as follows:
1. Land and Buildings are Purchases at 50,000
2. Furniture and Stock are taken at 10% below book value
3. Goodwill of the firm in valued at 7,500
4. Debtors are taken at 8,000 and debtors at book value
5. Purchase consideration is discharged in fully paid shares you are required to
prepare shares any ledger accounts to close the books of the firm
(Ans: Purchase consideration r66,180, realization Profit ?15,180,
Payment to X Shares r 41,590, Y Shares x24,490)
16. A, B and C are partners sharing profits in the ratio of 4 : 3 : 1. They decided
to dissolve the firm and on the date of dissolution their balance sheet was a
t'nIIOWN
B-19
Liabilities Assets
Capital Debtors 7,500
A 10000 Stock 6,500
B 7500 Plant 6,000
C 6500 24,000 Land & Buildings 9,000
30,000 30,000
A , B, C Co. Ltd took over all the assets of the firm at the following rates :
Debtors 7,000
Plant 5,500
Stock 6,000
They further agreed to pay r 2,000 for goodwill of the firm ABC Ltd paid
the purchase price by the issue of 1,650 shares of ?10 each as fully paid and the
balance in cash Sundry creditors were paid (discount received
r 150). The realization expenses amounted to r20
Show the necessary any ledger accounts of the firm
(Ans Realization Profit, x2,630 ; Purchase consideration 32,500)
41*
Chapter-3
COMPANY ACCOUNTS
Issue of Shares, Debentures Underwriting and Bonus shares
According to Justice Marshall a company is an artificial being, invisible,

intangible and existing only in the contemplation of Law." According to
Companies Act 2013 a company is 'company formed and registered under this Act,
or an existing company'. An existing company means a Company formed and
registered under any of the former companies Acts.
Characteristics of a Company
1) It is a Voluntary association of persons.
2) A company has a separate legal existence. It can hold, purchase and sell
property, can enter into contracts with others in its name.
3) It has a perpetual or continuous existence. Its existence is not effected by the
death, lunacy or insolvency of any member. Members may be changing from
time to time, but the company goes on for ever.
4) The liability of the members is limited to the extent of the face value of
shares held by them. •-
5) The shares in a joint stock company are freely transferable, except in case of
private companies.
6) It has a common seal. Being an artificial person it can act only through
natural persons, called Directors. All documents prepared by directors will be
valid only when it contains the common seal.
7) There is a separation of ownership and management. A company is owned
by shareholders and managed by a separate body called 'Board of Directors'.
8) In a public limited company, the minimum number of members is seven and
there is no maximum limit. In case of private limited companies the minimum
number is two and the maximum number is two hundred.
9) A company comes into existence only after its registration under the
Companies Act. A company from incorporation to liquidation is governed by
various provisions of the Companies Act.
Kinds of Companies
1. Company Limited by Shares : According to Sec 2 (22) of the Companies Act
2013, Company limited by Shares means a company having liabilityof its
members limited to the amount, if any unpaid on the shares respectively held
by them.
' .... pally Limited by Guarantee : According to See 2 (21) of the Companies
,, , Company Limited by guarantee means a company having th
.1 ,s i t t1H•mhers
, limited by the memorandum to and amount as th
I. lively undertake to contribute to the assets of the compan
C-2
in the event of its wound up Such a company is not formed for the purpose of
earning profits but for Promotion of art, Scienco, Cutture, Charity etc. Such a
Company may have share capital. In such a case, the members are liable to
pay the full amount of shares held by them.
3. Unlimited Companies : According to Section 2 (92) of the Companies Act
2013, an unlimited company means a company not having any limit on the
liability of its members. Every member is liable for whole amount of company's
debts and other liabilities to the outsiders.
4. Foreign Company : According to Sec 2 (42) a foreign company means any
company incorporated outside india which has a place of business in India
and conducts any business activity in India.
5. Government Company : According to Sec. 2 (45) Government Company
means any company in which not less than fiftyone percent of the paid up
Share Capital is held by Central Government or State Governments or both.
6. One Person Company: According to Sec 2 (62) it means a company which
has only one person as member.
7. Statutory Company : Such Companies are formed by Special Act of Parliament
or state assemblies example RBI, LIC etc.
8. Private Company : According to Sec 2 (68) it means a Company having a
minimum paid up share capital of one lakh rupees or such higher paid up
share Capital and which by its Articles (a) restricts the right to transfer its
shares (b) limits the number of its members to two hundered (c) Prohibits any
invitation to the Public to Subscribe for any securities of the Company. The
name of the Company must end with the words. 'Private Limited'.
9. Public Company According to Sec 2 (71), it means a compnay which is (a)
not private company (b) has a minimum paid capital of rupees five lakhs.
10. Small Company: Section 2 (85) of the Companies Act, 2013 definess small
company of which paid up share capital does not exceed fifty lakh rupees,
and turnover of which does not exceed two cros rupees.
11. Listed Company : According to Sec. 2 (51) Listed Company means a company
which has its securities listed on any recognised stock exchange.
Classes of Shares
Total capital of the company is divided into units of small denomination.
Each unit into which capital of the company is divided is called a share. If the total
capital of a company is 50,00,000 it can be divided 5,00,000 units of 10 each
then unit of 10 is a share of 10 each.
According to Companies Act, a company can issue two classes of shares, namely
Preference shares and Equity shares.
Preference Shares
According to Section 43 of Companies Act 2013 Preference share is that part
of the share capital of the company which enjoys preferential rights as to (a)
payment of dividend at a fixed rate and (b) return of capital on the winding up of
the company
C-3
Types of Preference Shares

1) Cumulative and Non-cumulative Preference Shares: If a company does not
earn sufficient profits during a particular year, dividends on preference shares
may not be paid for that year. But if preference shares are cumulative, such
unpaid dividends are treated as arrears and are carried forward to subsequent
years. When the company wants to pay any dividend to Equity Share holders,
it must first pay arrears of such dividend to cumulative preference shareholders.
If the company goes into liquidation, arrears of dividend are not payable
unless they are either declared or articles of association contain express
provision in this regard. A non-cumulative preference share is that share
where the arrears of dividends do not accumulate. If a dividend is not declared
in any year then it lapses. Unless other wise stated in the Articles of Association
Preference Shares are cumulative.
2) Participating and Non-Participating preference Shares: A participating
preference share is a share which carries the right of sharing profits left after
paying equity and preference dividends at specified rates. A non-participating
preference share is that share which does not carry the right of sharing in the
surplus after paying specified dividend to equity shareholders. Unless
otherwise stated in the Articles Preference shares are deemed to be non-
participating.
3) Convertible and Non-Convertible preference Shares: A convertible
preference share is one which can be converted into Equity shares. When it
cannot be so converted. It is called non-convertible preference shares.
4) Redeemable preference shares: Redeemable preference shares are those
which are redeemable within a stipulated period in accordance with the terms
of issue. According to Section 55 of the Companies Act 2013 no Company
limited by shares shall issue Irredeemable Preference shares or Preference
Shares redeemable after the expiry of 20 years from the date of issue.
Equity Shares
An equity share is a share which is not a Preference share. Equity shareholders
do not have any right to get fixed rate of dividend. Rate of dividend may vary from
year to year. Equity shareholder will get dividend and repayment of capital after
meeting the claim of preference shareholders.
Distinction between Preference shares and Equity shares:
Preference Shares Equity Shares
1. Preference Dividend is paid 1. Equity shareholders will get
before paying any dividend on dividend only after paying
equity shares dividend to preference
shareholders.
Al the time of liquidation, after 2. Equity shares are repaid after
I'ity ment of creditors, preference full repayment is made on
11
.1 res, ;Iry redeemed before equity preference shares.
ta
C-4
3. The rate of dividend is fixed 3. Rate of dividend is not fixed, it may

vary from year to year_
4. In case of preference shares 4.
no There
question
is of
(cum shares) arrears of accumulation of arrears of
dividend will accumulate. dividend
5. Preference Shares Equity shares cannot be converted
(conventible Pref. shares) can be into preference shares
converted into Equity shares.
6. Preference shareholders do 6. Equity shareholders hlve voting
not have voting right unless right
their rights are affected.
7. Redeemable preference share 7. There is no provision for
are redeemable according to redemption of equity shares
the provisions of Sec 55 of the
Companies Act 2013.
Presentation of information relating to share capital hi the Balance Sheet of a
Company.
The prescribed form of the Balance Sheet of a company given in Schedule III
of the Companies Act 2013, requires the description of share capital under following
categories.
1. Authorised or Nominal or Registered Capital: It refers to that amount which
is stated in the Memorandum of Association as the share capital of the
company. This is the maximum limit of capital which the company is
authorised to issue and beyond which the company cannot issue shares unless
the capital clause in the Memorandum is altered.
2. Issued Capital: It refers to that part of the authorised capital of the company
which has actually been offered to the public for subscription.
3. Subscribed Capital: It refers to the part of the issued capital which has actually
been subscribed by the public and subsequently allotted to them by the
directors of the company.
4. Called up Capital: It refers to that part of the subscribed capital which has
been called up by the company for payment.
5. Paid up Capital: That part of the called-up capital which is actually paid by
the shareholders is known as paid-up capital. The sum which is still to be
paid is known-as Calls in Arrears.
Issue of Shares: Journal Entries
1. For receiving application money.
Bank Account Dr. (With the money)
To Share Application A/c received on application
2. For transferring the application money to share capital
Share Application A/c Dr. (with the application
To Share Capital A/c money on shares allotted)
C-5
3. For the amount due towards allotment.

Share Allotment A/c Dr (with the amount due on
To Share Capital A/c Shares allotted)
4. On receipt of allotment money.
Bank A/c Dc (wishamount received on
To Share Allotment A/c allotment)
5. For the amount due towards First Call
Share First Call A/c Dr. (with the amount due on
To Share Capital A/c First Call)
6. On receipt of First Call Money
Bank A/c Dr. (with the amount received
To Share First Call A/c on First Call).
Similarly entries are made for second and final calls. Each time entries are
made first for the amount due and then for the amount received.
Note
If cash book entries are asked for 1,4 and 6 entries should be shown only in
Cash Book and not in the Journal.
Calls in Arrears and Calls in Advance
Calls in Arrears refers to that portion of the capital, which has been called up
but not yet paid by shareholders. In other words, the allotment or call money
called by the company but not paid by the shareholder till the last day fixed for
payment there of, is called Calls in Arrears. Share Allotment Account and call
Accounts will show debit balances equal to the total unpaid amount. Generally,
such amount is transferred to special account called Calls in Arrears Account. The
main purpose is to close allotment and other call accounts. The entry is
Calls in Arrears Account Dr
To Share Allotment Account
Share Call Account
When the money is received from defaulting shareholder the following entry
is passed:
Bank Account • Dr.
To Calls in Arrears Account:
The amount of Calls in Arrears is shown by a way of deduction from the
called-up capital in the on Balance Sheet on the liabilities side under the head
'Share capital'. Interest calls in Arrears may be received from share holders, if the
Articles of Association so provides. If the company has adopted "Table F' then it
can charge interest @10% p.a. from the due date to the date of actual payment.
Calls in Advance arises when there is an oversubscription of shares. The excess
application money received is adjusted against the amount due on allotment or
calls. Calls in Advance Account is shown separately from the paid-up capital. No
dividend is payable on Calls in Advance.
C-6
Interest on calls on Advance

A company has to pay interest on calls in advance from the date of receipt of
the amount till the date when call is due for payment. The rate of interest is
determined by the Articles of Association. If Articles of Association is silent then
provision of Table F will apply which provides for payment of interest on calls in
advance at the rate of 12% p.a. The entry for payment on calls in advances is:
Interest on Calls in Advance A/c Dr.
To Bank Account
Interest on calls in advance account appears on the asset side Of the balance
sheet till it is written off.
Issue of Shares at Premium
When shares are issued at a price higher than the face value, they are said to
be issued at premium. Generally premium is included in the allotment money. In
such a case the Journal entry is :
Share Allotment A/c Dr. (with the amount due one allot-
ment including Premium)
To Share Capital A/c (with share money)
To Share Premium A/c (with Premium money)
Share Premium Account appears in balance Sheet under 'Reserves and Surplus'.
According to Section 52Companies Act. 2013, the Share Premium (or
Securities Premium) may be applied for the following purposes:
(i) To issue fully paid bonus shares to the members.
(ii) To write off preliminary expenses of the company.
(iii) To write off the expenses of or the commission paid or discount allowed on
any issue of shares or debentures of the company.
(iv) To Provide for the premium payable on the redemption of any redeemable
preference shares or of any debentures of the company.
Issue of shares at Discount
When shares are issued at a price lower than the face value, they are said to be
issued at a discount. According to Section 53 of the Companies Act 2013, a
Company cannot issue shares at a discount except in case of issue of sweat equity
shares (issued to employees and directiors).
Issues of Shares for consideration other than cash
a) 'N Vendor for the purchase of assets.
i) Sundry Assets A/c Dr. (with the purchase
(individually) price agreed upon
To Vendors' Account
ii) Vendors' Account Dr.
To Share Capital A/c.
To Share Premium
Account (if any)
h) To Promoters for the services rendered by them.
Goodwill Account Dr. (with the nominal
To Share Capital Account value of of the allotted)
C-7
Over Subscription and Pro-rate Allotment

When the number of Shares applied for is more than the number of shares
offered for issue, it is known as over subscription. The Board of Directors cannot
allot shares more than that offered to the public for subscription. A decision has to
be made on how the shares are going to be alloted. Shares can be alloted to the
applicants by a company in any manner it thinks proper. The company may reject
some applications in full i.e. no shares are allotted to some applicants and
application money is refunded. Allotment may be made to the rest of applicants in
full. They may be allotted the number of shares they have applied. A third alternative
is that the company may allot shares to the applicants on Pro-rata basis. Pro-rata
allotment means allotment in proportion of shares applied for. Suppose a company
offered 10,000 shares for subscription. The Company receives applications for
12,000 shares. If the shares are to be alloted on 'Pro-rata' basis, applicants 12000
shres are to be alloted 10,000 shares in the ratio of 12000: 10,000 or 6:5 Any
applicant who has applied for 6 shares will be alloted 5 shares. Under Pro-rata
basis the excess applicann money recived is adjusted towareds amount due on
allotment or call. The necessary journal entries for refund of application money to
the applicants who are not allotted any shares and transfer of excess application
money to the applicants who are alloted shares on Pro-rata basic is as follows.
1. For refund of application money
Share Application A/c Dr.
To Bank A/c
2. For transfer of application money to Allotment / calls
Share Application A/c Dr.
To Share Allotment A/c
" Share Calls A/c / Calls Paid in Advance A/c
Forfeiture of Shares
When a shareholder fails to pay the calls made on him, his shares may be
forfeited.
a) Forfeiture of shares issued at par:
Share Capital A/c Dr. (with the No. of shares for fei-
ted x Amount called per Share)
To Forfeited Shares A/c (with the amount already paid
by the shareholder on the
shares forfeited).
To Various Call Accounts (with the amount that remains
unpaid on calls)
b) Forfeiture of shares issued at premium and the premium money unpaid by the
shareholder.
Share Capital Account Dr. (with the he No. of shares
forfeited x amount called up
per share excluding premium)
Share Premium Account Dr. (with the premium money
remaining unpaid on the
shares forfeited)
C-8
To Forfeited Shares A/c (with the amount already rece-

ived from the shareholders on
the shares forfeited)
To Various Call Accounts (with amount that remains
unpaid on calls).
If premium on shares is already received on the shares forfeited then Share
Premium Account should not be debited.
Re-Issue of Share Forfeited: The entry is:
Bank Account Dr. (with the he amount received
on re-issue.)
,Forfeited Shares A/c Dr. (with the discount allowed).
To Share Capital A/c (with the paid up value of shares)
Profit on Shares forfeited is transferred to Capital Reserve A/c.
The entry is:
Forfeited Shares A/c Dr.
To Capital Reserve A/c.
Note
The amount forfeited on shares not yet reissued will remain in the Forfeited
Share Account.
Debentures
Companies raise substantial amount of long terms fund through the issue of
Debentures. The amount to be raised by way of loan from the public is dividend
into small units called "Debentures". Debenture may be defined as written
instrument acknowledging a debt issued under the seal of company containing
provisions regarding the payment of interest, repayment of principal sum, charge
on the assets of the company etc. According to Sec. 2(30) of the Companies Act
2013 debenture includes debenture stock, bonds and any other securities whether
constituting a charge on the assets of the company or not.
Features of Debentures
I. It is debt taken by the company from public and financial institutions.
2. Generally, debentures are issued for long period of time.
3. Debentureholders are entitled to receive periodical payment of interest
(usually six month) at a fixed rate.
4. Interest on debentures has to be paid irrespective of profit.
S. Debentureholders are entitled for the repayment of the amount lent as per the
terms of contract.
(1. Debentureholders don't have voting rights.
7. Generally debentureholders have fixed or floating charge on the assets of the
company.
Distinction between a share and a debenture
I A shareholder is one of the owners of the company whereas a debenture
holder is a Loan creditor.
a person who owns a share is called shareholder, whereas a person who owns
a debenture is called debentureholder.
C-9
3. A shareholder will get dividend out of profit while a debentureholder will get
interest on the amount invested by him.
4. Payment of dividend on share is an appropriation of profit. Dividend can be
paid only if there is a profit. Payment of interest on debentures is a charge
against profits and is to be paid even if there is no profit.
5. The rate of dividend on shares may vary from year to year depending upon
the profits of the company, whereas rate of interest on debentures is fixed.
6. There is no priority, for the payment of dividend over debenture interest,
while payment of interest gets priority over the payment of dividend.
7. In case of liquidation debentures have to be repaid fully first before meeting
the claim of the shareholders.
8. Shareholders have voting right, while debentureholders do not have any
voting rights.
9. Shares cannot be converted into debentures, whereas, debentures may be
converted into shares
Kinds of Debentures
Debentures can be classified according to security, permanence, priority,
convertibility and records point of view.
I. Security point of view: From Security point of view debentures may be
simple or Mortgage debentures, Simple Debentures are those debentures which
do not carry any security in respect of payment of interest or repayment of the
principal amount. The only security available to the debenture holders is the
solvency of the company. Mortgage or secured Debentures are those
debentures which are secured by a charge on the assets of the company. The
charge can be a fixed or a floating charge.
IL Permanence point of view: From permanence point of view, debentures may
be Redeemable debentures or Irredeemable Debentures. Redeemable
debentures are those which are redeemed or repaid during the life time of the
company. The repayment may be either in lumpsum or in instalments,
Irredeemable debentures are not redeemable during the life time of the
company. The repayment is made only at the time of liquidation of the
company.
Priority point of view: From priority point of view debentures may be First
Debentures or Second Debentures First Debentures have first claim or charge I
over the assets of the company. Second Debentures are those which have a
second claim on the assets of the company. They can be repaid after making
payment to first debentures.
IV. Conversion point of View: From this point of view debentures may b
convertible or non-convertible Debentures Convertible Debentures. The I
are given an option to convert them into shares at a pre-determined rate afte
a certain period. Convertible debentures provide safety, liquidity, capita
appreciation to the investors. Non-Convertible debentures cannot b
converted into equity or preference shares.
C-10
V. Recording point of view: From this point of view Debentures may be Bearer
Debentures or Registered Debentures. Bearer Debentures are transferable
by mere delivery. It is not necessary that transfer of such debenture should be
registered with the company. Interest is paid to the person who produces the
coupon attached to such debentures. Registered Debentures are registered
in the books of the company. The names and addresses of these
debentureholders are entered in a register kept by the company. Interest is
paid only to the registered members.
accounting Treatment for issues of Debentures
(When the whole amount is payable on application)
Debentures issued at par and redeemable at par:
Bank Account Dr. (with the face value)
To Debentures Account
i. Debentures issued at discount and redeemable at par:
Bank Account Dr. (with amount received)
Discount on
Debenture A/c Dr. (with discount allowed
To Debentures A/c (with the face value)
ii. Debentures issued at premium and redeemable at par.
Bank A/c Dr. (with amount received)
To Debentures A/c (with Face Value)
To Premium on (with premium received)
Debentures A/c
v. Debentures issued at par or discount but redeemable at premium.
Bank A/c. Dr. (with actual amount
received)
Loss on Issue of
Debentures A/c Dr. (with the difference
between amount repayable
and amount received)
To Debentures A/c (with Face Value)
To Premium on (with premium payable on
Redemption of Debentures Account redemption)
Note
"Premium on Redemption of Debentures" will appear on the liabilities side
Balance Sheet till the debentures are paid off. "Discount on Debentures" or
'Loss on Issue of Debentures" are Capital Losses and should be shown on the
issets side until written off. "Premium on Debentures" is a capital profit and should
)e shown on the liabilities side under "Reserves and Surplus".
If the amount towards Debentures is called in instalments then the journal
mtries are similar to those passed for the issue of shares, with the difference that
very time in place of 'Shares' the word 'Debentures' should be written & there is no
)ebenture Capital Account but only 'Debenture Account'.
C-11
Debentures issued as collateral security

When a company takes a loan from a bank, it may, in addition to any other
security, issue its Debentures as collateral security. The face value of the Debentures
deposited as security is generally higher than the value of loan taken. The
understanding is that these debentures will not be used by the bank as long as
company fulfils its obligations regarding payment of interest and repayments of
loan. The issue of such debentures does not constitute a liability on the part of the
company. The actual liability is the loan taken. Such issue of debentures as
collateral security can be regarded as contingent liability. Generally no entry is
passed in the books of the company. In the Balance Sheet, a note is given along
with the Loan Account indicating that such debenture have been issued.
Such debentures will be returned by the bank and cancelled by the company
when the bank loan is paid off. In case the company makes a default, the bank will
become Debentureholder and can exercise all the rights that are available to
debentureholders.
Illustration : 1
Pallav Hotels Ltd. offered 1,00,000 Equity Shares of the nominal value o
10 each for public subscription at 12.
The amount payable on the shares were on application 4.50; on allotment
(including premium) 4.50; on first and final call Z 3.00
The actual subscription was only for 90,000 shares. All money payable by
shareholders was received except from Sudhakar who had taken 1,000 shares but
failed to pay the final call. His shares were forfeited and reissued to Prabhakar at
6 each.
Show journal entries in the books of the Company in respect of the above
(including cash transaction) B.Com., Adapted
Solution:
Journal
Debit Credit
z
Bank A/c Dr. 4,05,000
To Equity Share Application A/c 4,05,000
(Being application money received on 90,000
shares)
Equity Share application A/c Dr. 4,05,000
To Equity Share Capital A/c 4,05,000
(Being share application money transferred to
share capital a/c.)
Equity Share Allotment A/c. Dr. 4,05,000
To Equity Share Capital A/c 2,25,00C
Share premium A/c 1,80,00C
(Being amount due towards allotment including
premium)
C-12
Bank A/c Dr. 4,05,000

To Equity Share Allotment A/c 4,05,000
(Being allotment money received)
Equity Share First & Final Call A/c Dr. 2,70,000
(Being the amount due towards first and final call)
Bank A/c Dr. 2,67,000
.
To Equity share First and
Final Call A/c 2,67,000
(Being first and final call money received except
on 1,000 shares)
Equity Share capital A/c Dr. 10,000
To Equity Share First and
Final Call A/c 3,000
" Shares Forfeited A/c 7,000
(Being the forfeiture of 1,000 shares on which first
and final call money was not received)
Bank A/c Dr. 6,000
Shares Forfeited A/c Dr. 4,000
To Equity Share Capital A/c 10,000
(Being the reissue of forfeited shares @ 7 6 per share)
Share Forfeited A/c Dr. 3,000
To Capital Reserve A/c 3,000
(Being balance of share forfeited A/c transferred to
capital reserve A/c)
Illustration : 2
Chandra Co. Ltd offered to the public 20,000 Equity shares of 7100 each at a
premium of 10 per share. The payment was to be as follows:
On application 20
On Allotment 40 including premium
On First call 7 25
On Second and Final call 25
Application received in total for 35,000; Shares, Applications for 10,000
kliitres were rejected, those totalling 15,000 shares were allotted 10,000 shares and
the remaining applications were alloted in full. The directors made both the calls.
One shareholder holding 500 shares failed to pay the two calls, as consequence his
Nhures were forfeited, 200 of these share were reissued as fully paid @ 80 per
'hare. Expenses of issue came to Z. 15,000.
Pass the necessary journal entries in the books of the Company
(B.Com Sri Venkateswara)
C-13
Solution:
Journal Entries in the books of Chandra Co. Ltd.
Debit Credit
T T
1. Bank A/c Dr. 7,00,000
To Equity Share Application A/c 7,00,000
(Being application money received for 35,000
shares)
2. Equity Share Application A/c Dr. 4,00,000
(Being application money on 20,000 Shares
transferred to share Capital A/c
3. Equity Share Application A/c Dr. 3,00,000
To Bank 2,00,000
(Being the refund of application on 20,000
shares and transfer to share allotment on 5,000
shares)
4. Equity Share Allotment A/c Dr. 8,00,000
To Securities Premium A/c 2,00,000
(Being the amount due towards allotment
including premium)
5. Bank A/c Dr. 7,00,000
(Being the balance due towards allotment
received (T. 8,00,000 less adjustment from
excess application money T. 1,00,000)
6. Equity Share First Call A/c Dr. 5,00,000
(Being the amount due towards first call)
7. Bank A/c Dr. 4,87,500
To Equity Share First Call A/c 4,87,500
(Being the amount received on 19,500 shares)
8. Equity Share Second & Final Call A/c Dr. 5,00,000
(Being the amount duet towards final call)
9. Bank A/c Dr. 4,87,500
To Equity Share Second & Final Call A/c 4,87,500
(Being the amount received on 19500 shares)
C-14
10. Equity Share Capital A/c 50,000

To Equity Share First Call A/c 12,500
To Equity Share Second & Final Call A/c 12,500
To Shares Forfeiture Account A/c 25,000
(Being the forfeiture of 500 shares)
11. Bank A/c Dr. 16,000
Shares Forfeited Account Dr. 4,000
(Being the reissue of 200 forfeited shares)
12. Shares Forfeited Account Dr. 6,000
To Capital Reserve Account 6,000
(Being the balance of shares forfeited Account
for 200 shares transferred to Capital Reserve A/c)
13. Preliminary Expenses A/c Dr. 15,000
To Bank A/c 15,000
(Being the expenses of issue, paid)
Redemption of Debentures
The Debentures issued by a company may be redeemed in any of the following
ways:
I. By payment to Debentureholders either at par or at premium in lumpsum
either at the expiry of a specified period or within a specified period as per the
terms of issue.
2. Redemption by Annual Drawings (i.e. a portion of total Debentures year after
after)
t. Redemption by purchase of own debentures in the open market.
I. Redemption by Conversion of debentures into shares/new debentures.
Redemption by Conversion into Shares
Under Section 71(1) of the Companies Act 2013 a Company may issue
debentures with an option to convert such debentures into shares either wholly or
partly at the time of redemption. The issue of debentures with an option to convert
such debentures into shares shall be approved by a special resolutin at the annual
general meeting.
Section 71 (4) Provides that if debentures are issued by company under this
section the company shall create a Debenture Redemption Reserve out of Profits
the company available for payment of dividends. The amount credited to such
account shall not be utilised by company for any purpose other than the redemption
of debentures.
C-15
UNDERWRITING OF SHARES AND DEBENTURES

In case of Public Limited Companies, unless the shares equal to minimum
subscription are subscribed, they are not granted the certificate to commence
business. In order to ensure the minimum subscription, public companies enter
into underwriting agreements. Underwriting is an agreement between a company
and a underwriter whereby the latter agrees to take up the shares or debentures
which are not subscribed by the public. The company has to pay commission to
underwriters for the service rendered by them called underwriting Commission.
According to Gestenberg underwriting is an agreement entered before the shares
are brought before the public that in the event of the public not taking up the
whole of them or the number mentioned in the agreement, the underwriter will, for
agreed commission, take an allotment of such part of the shares, as the public has
not applied for"
Underwriting Commission
Section 40 (6) of the Indian Companies Act 2013deals with underwriting
commission. Underwriting commission is payable if the following conditions are
satisfied.
1. The Payment of commission is authorised by the Articles of Association of
the Company
2. The rate of commission must not exceed 5% of the issue price of shares or the
amount or rate authorised by the Articles whichever is less and in case of
debentures. 2.5% of issue price of debentures or amount or rate authorised
by the Articles whichever is less. However Sebi has allowed underwriting
commission only at the rate of 2.5% of the issue price of equity shares.
3. The commission paid or agreed to be paid should be disclosed in the
prospectus, and if no prospectus is issued, in the statement in lieu of
prospectus.
4. The number of shares or debentures which underwriters have agreed to
subscribe absolutely or conditionally should be disclosed in the prospectus.
5. A copy of the underwriting agreement should be delivered to the Registrar.
6. No underwriting commission is payable on the shares taken up by the
promoters, employees, directors and business associates.
7. Commission is payable only if the shares or debentures are offered to the
general public. Commission is not payable if the issue is privately placed.
8. Commission is payable on the whole issue underwritten, even if the whole
issue is taken over by the public.
As per Sebi guidelines underwriting is not mandatory. However, if the issue is
not underwritten and the minimum subscription of 90% of the offer to the public
is not received before making allotment of shares or debentures the entire amount
received as subscription has to be refunded within 15 days.
Marked and Unmarked Applications
Issue of shares of debentures may be underwritten by one or more than one
underwriter. If the full issue is underwritten by one underwriter then his liability
will be equal to the number of shares or debentures underwritten less the share
C-16
applied for. If the issue is fully subscribed or over subscribed the underwriter is
eligible to get the agreed commission on the issue of shares. In case less number of
shares of debentures are subscribed by the public then he has to meet the deficiency.
If there are more than oneunder writer, then they underwrite the issue in an agreed
ratio. Every underwriter tries to sell the maximum number of shares or debentures
to reduce his risk. Generally the forms are stamped with the name of underwriters
in orders to distinguish the forms of one underwriter from that of the others. It
enables the company to know the exact number of applications received through
a particular underwriter. Such application with stamp of an underwriter are called
'Marked Application'. In some cases, public get the application form directly
from the company and such forms do not bear the stamp of underwriters, are called
'Unmarked or Direct Applications'.
If the entire issue has been underwritten by a number of underwriters, certain
difficulties may arise in respect of division of unmarked applications. The unmarked
applications can be divided between the underwriters in the following two ways.
Direct Applications
Under the first method, all unmarked applications are divided between the
underwriters in the ratio of gross liability of individual underwriter. Under the
second method, all unmarked applications are divided between the underwriters
in the ratio of gross liability less marked applications.
Illustration : 3
A Ltd. issued 1,00,000. Equity Shares. The whole of the issue was underwritten
as X-40%, Y-30% and Z-30%. Applications for 80,000 shares were received in all,
out of which applications for 20,000 shares had the stamp of X; those for 10,000
shares had that of Y; and 20,000 shares had that of Z. The remaining applications
for 30,000 shares did not bear any stamp. Show the liability of the underwriters
(according to both methods)
First Method
Statement showing the liability of underwriters (Figures in no. of shares)
X
Gross liability (X-40%, Y-30%, Z-30%) 40,000 30,000 30,000
Less Marked Applications 20,000 10,000 20,000
20,000 20,000 10,000
Less unmarked applications
(in the ratio of gross liability) 12,000 9,000 9,000
Net liability 8,000 11,000 1,000
Second Method
Gross liability 40,000 30,000 30,000
Less Marked applications 20,000 10,000 20,000
Gross liability less marked applications 20,000 20,000 10,000
Less Unmarked applications
(in the ratio of gross liability
less marked applications 2:2:1) 12,000 12,000 6,000
Net liability 8,000 8,000 4,000
C-17
Partial Underwriting
In case of Partial Underwriting only a part of the whole issue is underwritten
by one or more underwriters and for the balance the company is treated as
underwriter. All unmarked applications are treated as marked applications so far as
the company is concerned. No credit is given to the underwriters for unmarked
applications. The net liability of each underwriter is calculated by deducting the
marked applications from the gross liability. If the marked applications exceed or
equal to the number of shares of debentures underwritten, the underwriter is free
from his liability and cannot be called upon to take any shares or debentures of the
company.
Firm Underwriting
Under firm underwriting the underwriter agrees to take a specified number of
shares or debentures in addition to the unsubscribed shares or debentures. An
underwriter through such an agreement with the company gets priority over the
public in relation to the allotment, in case of over-subscription. Firm applications
are added to the net liability to find out the ultimate liability of an underwriter.
The liability of underwriters with firm underwriting is calculated as follows:
Step 1 Find the gross liability of each underwriter (generally, it is given in the
problem)
Step 2 Deduct the marked application from gross liability
Step 3 From the resultant figure as per step 2, deduct the unmarked applications
in the gross liability ratio (unmarked Applications. Total subscriptions
less marked applications. Add applications under firm under writing)
Step 4 As a result of the above steps, if the figure for any underwriter or
underwriters is minus (i.e. surplus subscription), distribute it among the
other underwriters in the ratio of gross liability. This gives the net liability
Step 5 Add liability in respect of firm underwriting to the net liability calculated.
Under step 4. This gives the total liability of each under writer.
Illustration : 4
J Ltd. issued Z 20,000 shares which were underwritten as follows:
A - 12000 shares, B - 5000 shares and C - 3000 shares The underwriters made
applications for firm underwriting as under:
A - 1600 shares, B - 600 shares and C - 2000 shares. The total subscriptions
excluding firm underwriting but including marked applications were for 210,000
shares.
The marked applications were as under:
)00 shares; B - 4000 shares and C - 1000 shares
It, I t i red to show the allocation of liability of the underwriters
C-1 18
Solution
Statement of Underwriter's Total Liability
No. of
Shares
Particulars A B C Total
Gross Liability 12,000 5,000 3,000 20,000
Less Marked Applications 2,000 4,000 1,000 7,000
Balance 10,000 1,000 2,000 13,000
Less Unmarked Applications
(10,000 - 7,000 + 4,200 = 7,200)
in the ratio of gross liability i.e. 12:5:3 4,320 1,800 1,080 7,200
Balance 5,680 (800) 920 5,800
Surplus of B allocated to
A and C in the ratio of 12:3 640 800 160
Net liability as per underwriting
agreement 5040 760
Add liability in respect of
firm underwriting 1,600 600 2,000
Total liability 6,640 600 2,760
Illustration : 5
X Co. Ltd. issues 10,000 Equity Shares of 100 each at a premium of
15 per share 90% of the issue was underwritten by A at a commission of 1% on
the nominal face value. Applications were received for 8000 shares and allotment
was fully made. All the moneys due from allottees was received in the instalment.
The account with A was settled. Show journal entries to record the above
transactions.
Journal of X Ltd.
Debit Credit
Bank Dr. 9,20,000

To Share Application and Allotment A/c 9,20,000
(Being money received for 8000 shares at ?HS each)
share Application and Allotment A/c Dr. 9,20,000
To Share Capital 8,00,000
" Securities Premium A/c 1,20,000
(Being the amount transferred to Share Capital and
Securities premium A/c)
A Dr, 2,07,000
To Share Capital 1,80,000
" Securities Premium 27,000
(Being the amount due on 1800 shares taken up in
terms of under writing agreement)
C-19
Underwriting Commission A/c Dr. 9,000

To A 9,000
(Being Commission at 1% on 9000 shares at
Z 100 each)
Bank A/c Dr. 1,98,000
To A 1,98,000
(Being the amount due from A received)
Working Notes
It is assumed that the remaining 10% of the shares are underwritten by
Company itself. In the absence of details of marked application. 'net liability' is
worked on the basis of gross liability.
A X Ltd.
Gross liability (No. of shares) 9,000 1,000
Less Application received allotted in the ratio of 9: I 7,200 800
Net Liability 1,800 200
1. XYZ Limited issued 10,000 shares of Z 10 each payable Z 2 on application.
5 on allotment and the remaining balance on call. Applications were received
for 9,000 shares and the shares were duly allotted. All cash due on allotment
and call was received. Write the Journal entries in the books of company and
Prepare cash book.
2. On 1" January 2005 the directors of Ram Limited has issued 1,00,000 shares
at Z 10 per share. The share amount, payable is as follows Z 2.50 on application
23.00 on allotment 22.50 on first call and the balance on final call. Applications
were received for 1,20,000 shares. The directors of the company decided to
LejscLthe applications for 20,000 shares and to return the money. The allotment
money for 90,000 shares is received. No calls were made. Write Journal entries.
3. Mohan Limited invite applications for 60,000 shares of 2100 each at a premium
of Z10 per share. The shares were payable as follows:- on application Z 30, on
allotment Z 60 including premium, on call Z 20. Applications were received
for 50,000 shares. Allotment money was received for 38,000 shares. No calls
were made till to date. Write Journal entries.
4. A Company has issued 80,000 shares of Z 100 each at a premium of Z 20 The
authorised capital of the company consist of 1,00,000 shares of
100 each. Application were received for 60,000 shares and fully paid. Show
how the share capital would be shown in the Balance Sheet.
5. Pradeep Limited issued 4,00,000 shares of Z10 each at a premium of Z 2. All
amount should be paid on application 3,00,000 applications were received
and fully allotted. Journalise the above transactions.
6. Dinesh was holding 100 shares of 2100 each, Z 80 per share called up. He paid
30 on application but failed to pay Z 20 on allotment and Z 30 on first call.
His shares were forfeited. Journalise the above transactions for shares forfeited.
C-20
7. In accordance with provisi s of the Articles of Association the directors

forfeited 500 ordinary sh es of ? 20 each on which only !10 per share was
received, though fully called, and reissued them upon the payment of the
amount in arrears together with a premium of ? 2 per share. Journalise the
above transactions.
8. X Co. Ltd, issued 10,000 shares of Z. 10 each at 10% premium payable as
follows; On applications Z 2, on allotment ? 3 (Including premium), on first
call ? 3 and on final call ? 2. Prasad was holding 100 shares on which he did
not pay his allotment and first call money. Before making tilt final call his
shares were forefeited and reissued at 7/- per share to Avinash.
Journalise the transactions in the books of the company
9. Rajesh was holding 100 shares of X Co. Ltd of 100 each issued at premium
of ? 20 per share. He paid ? 25 per share towards application, 150 per share
towards allotment (including premium), but failed to pay first call of ? 20 and
final call of ? 25 per share. His shares were forfeited and reissued to Vijay at
the rate of 70 per share. Journalise the transactions in the book of X Ltd.
10. Pass necessary Journal Entries at the time of issue and redemption, when a
debenture of ?. 100 is issued at Z. 98 on 1-4-1997 repayable at T. 102 at the
end of 5 years. (B.Com., Osm)
11. X Ltd. issues 5,000 10% Debentures of 2100 each. Give Journal entries in
each of the following cases
(i) The Debentures are issued and redeemable at par.
(ii) Debentures are issued at par, but redeemable at a premium of 5%.
(iii) Debentures are issued at a discount 5%, but are redeemable at a premium
of 5%.
12. X Ltd. issued 10,000 shares of ? 100 each at a premium of 10 each 90% of
the issue was underwritten by T at a commission of 1% on the nominal face
value. Applications were received for 8,000 shares and allotment was duly
made. All the money due from allottees was received in one instalment. The
account with A was settled. Show the journal entries to record the transactions.
PROBLEMS
. Swadeshi Ltd. was registered with an authorised capital of Z 50,00,000 divided
into 5,00,000 share of 10 each. It issued 4,00,000 shares payable as under.
On Application Z 2 On First Call 3
On Allotment ? 3 On Final Call ! 2
The public applied for 3,00,000 shares. These were allotted. All the money
due on allotment and call was received except the first call on 10,000 shares
and final call on 15,000 shares. Pass journal entries and prepare the opening
Balance Sheet.
(Ans. Balance Sheet total f29,40,000)
Mahesh Company Ltd. issued 5,000 Preference Shares of ? 100 each and
5,000 Equity Shares of 100 each. The Shares were payable.
C-21
Preference Shares Equity Shares
On Application 25 20
On Allotment 20 30
On First Call 30 20
On Final Call 25 30
The public applied for 3,000 Preference shares and 4,000 Equity Shares. The
directors did not make the final call. All moneys called on shares were received
except first call money on 200 Preference shares and 300 Equity shares.
Pass journal entries and prepare the opening Balance Sheet of the Company.
(Ans. Balance Sheet total (4,93,000)
3. A Limited Company was formed on January 1, 2005 with an authorised
Capital of 3,00,000 divided into 1,000 6% Preference Shares of 100 each
and 2,000 Equity Shares of 100 each.
On the same date, the company issued a prospectus asking for subscriptions
to 500 Preference Shares and 1,400 Equity shares, both classes of shares
being payable ns per share on application, 40 on allotment and the
remainder on a call.
All shares were applied for and allotted; and all cash due on allotment and
call was received.
Give the entries necessary to record the above in the books of the company
and show how share capital will appear in the Balance Sheet.
(B.Com. Osm.) (Ans, Balance Sheet total (' 1,90,000)
4. Prosperous Company Ltd., issued 10,000 shares of 7.100 each payable as
under
30 on Application
20 on Allotment
20 on First Call
30 on Final Call
The Public for 15,000 shares. The allotment was made as under:
To the applicants of 8,000 shares - Full
To the applicant of 5,000 shares - 2,000
To the remaining applicants - Nil
Subsequently, the first and final calls were made. Under the terms of issue the
surplus application money could be kept against allotment and subsequent
calls. All amount due on calls was received. Give journal entries and prepare
the opening Balance Sheet of the company.
(Balance Sheet total (10,00,000)
5. Amar Ltd. issued 5,000 Equity Shares of 10 each at a premium of 2 per
share payable 2 on application, 7 5 on allotment (including premium) 3
on First call, and balance on final call. The call on 1,000 shares and final call
on 1,500 shares was not received. Give Cash Book and Journal entries for the
above transactions, also prepare its opening Balance Sheet.
(Balance Sheet total F54,000)
C-22
6. Ever Shining Co. Ltd., invi applications for 20,000 shares of 2100 each at a
premium of Z10 per share. The shares were payable as follows:-
On application Z 20
On allotment Z 40 (Including premium)
On First Call Z 30
On Final Call Z 20
The public applied for 40,000 shares. Allotment made were as follows:-
To the applicants of 16,000 shares - Full
To the applicants of 16,000 shares - 4000 shares
To the applicants of 8,000 shares - Nil
The Company was authorised to retain all sums. over-paid for adjustment
against money due on allotment and on calls. The Company exercised this
power. The directors made the allotment on 1"April 2005 and first call on 1"
July 2005 By the end of 2005 no further call had been made. All the money
due on allotment were collected and against first call directors had recived
Z 5,00,000. Give journal entries and the balance sheet of the company on 31;
December 2005 assuming that the directors had paid interest due to
shareholders in cash at the rate of 6 percent per annum.
(Balance Sheet total (17,80,000)
7. Raj Ltd., issued 2,000 Equity shares of Z 100 each Payable as follows:
Z 20 on application, 7 30 on allotment Z 20 on first call; and Z 30 on final call
1,500 shares were applied for and allotted. All money were received with the
exception of first and final calls on 50 shares. These shares were forfeited and
reissued at a later date at the rate of Z 70 per share. Give journal entries to
record the above transactions and prepare Balance Sheet of the company.
(Ans. Balance Sheet total x1,51,000)
8. Zig-Zag Ltd., has an issued capital of 20,000 equity shares of 7 100 each
which was fully called up and paid up with the exception of some amounts
from the following three shareholders.
Sunil holds 400 shares on which he paid only Application money of Z 25 per
share. Bagchi holds 200 shares on which he paid ns on Application, Z 30 on
Allotment of each share.
Anvesh holds 100 shares on which he paid Z 25 on Application, Z 30 on
Allotment and Z 20 on first call respectively on each share.
All the three failed the pay their arrears as well as Final call of Z. 25 on each
Share. In due course, their shares were forfeited and reissued to Topash for
cash Z 80 a share. Give the necessary journal entries (regarding forfeiture and
re-issue of forfeited shares) in the books Zig-Zag Ltd. (B.Com. Osm.)
Hint: Amount due towards Allotment Z 12,000; First Call Z 12,000 and Final
call Z 17,500.
9. On 1" April, 2005 the directors of the Prosperous Company Ltd., issued
1,00,000 ordinary shares of Z 10 each at Z13 per share payable at Z 6 on
application (including premium). Z 3 on allotment and the balance on 1"
October 2005.
C-23
Applications for 1,20,00 shares were received. Of the cash received

Z 80,000 was returned and the excess of the application money was utilised
in part payment of the allotment moneys.
One applicant to whom 100 shares had been allotted failed to pay the amount
due on call and his shares were forfeited. Show the journal and cash book
entries to record above transactions. (B.Com. Osm.)
10. Banu Limited Company has an authorised capital of 2.10,00,000 divided
into shares of Z 20 each of these 16,000 shares were issued as fully paid in
payment of building purchased 32,000 shares were issued to the public 210
being payable on application Z 6 on allotment and Z 4 on call.
The full amount due on the shares was received except from a holder of 1500
shares on which only application money was received. His shares were
forfeited after giving him due notice. Subsequently, these shares were reisued
at 214 per share.
Give entries to record the transactions in the books of the company and show
how they would be shown in Balance Sheet. (B.Com., Kakatiya)
11. A limited company has an authorised capital of Z 5,00,000 divided into
shares of Z 10 each. Of theses 8,000 shares were issued as fully paid in payment
in building purchased. 16,000 shares were issued to the public Z. 5 being
payable on application Z 3 on allotment and Z 2 on call.
The full amount due on the shares was received except form a holder of 750
shares on which only application money was received. His shares were
forfeited after giving him due notice. Subsequently, these shares were reissued
at Z 7 per share. Give entries the record the transactions in the books of the
company and show how they would be shown in Balance Sheet.
(B.Com. Osm) (Ans. Balance Sheet total T2,41,500)
12. The directors of the Electrical Equipment Co. Ltd., having an authorised
capital of Z 10,00,000 issued a prospectus inviting applications for 75,000
Equity Shares of 210 each at a premium of Z 2 per share and for 5,000 5%
Debentures of Z 100 each at Z 98 per Debenture. The shares were payable Z 5
on application, Z 5 (including the premium) on allotment, and the balance in
two equal instalments of Z 1 each. The Debentures were payable in full on
application.
The capital offered was subscribed and the whole of the Debentures issued
was applied for immediately. The amounts were received as follows:
The full amount due on applications and allotment of shares. The full amount
due on applicator for debentures. Z 74,000 on account of first call on shares.
Z 70,000 on account of final call on shares. The shares of one shareholder
who failed to pay the first and final calls on 500 shares held by him were
forfeited after giving him due. notice.
Draft journal and cash book entries to record the above transactions and state
how they would be shown in the Balance Sheet.
(B.Com. Osm) (Ans. Balance Sheet total x13,94,000)
-24
13. Shiva Co.Ltd., offered to the ptyblic 20,000 equity shares of 7 100 each at a
premium of 7 5 per share. The payment was to be as follows :
On Application 20
On Allotment 35 (including premium)
On First Call 25
On Second Call 25
Applications are received for 35,000 shares; applications for 10,000 shares
were rejected; applications for 15,000 shares were allotted 10,000 shares and
the remaining applications were accepted in full. The directors made both
the calls. One shareholding 500 shares failed to pay the two calls as a
cosequence his shares were forfeited and reissued as fully paid at 7 80 per
share. Jounalise the above transactions on the basis of given information.
(B.Co., Osm.)
14. A limited Company issued a prospectus inviting application for 2,000 shares
of 7.10 each at a premium of 2 per share payable as follows:-
7
On Application 2
On Allotment 5 (including Premium)
On First Call 3
On Second Call 2
Applications were received for 3,000 shares and allotment made Prorata to
the applicants of 2,400 shares. Money over paid on application was employed
on account of sum due on allotment.
Ramesh to whom 40 shares were allotted, failed to pay the allotment money
and on his subsequent failure to pay the first call his shares were forfeited.
Mohan, the holder of 60 shares failed to pay two calls, and his shares were
forfeited after the second call.
Of the shares forfeited 80 shares were sold to Krishna credited as fully paid for
7 9 per share, the whole of Ramesh's share being included. Show Journal and
Cash Book entries and Balance Sheet.
(B.Com. Delhi) (Ans. Balance Sheet total f24,036)
Hint: No. of Shares applied by Ramesh = 2400/2000 x 40 = 48.
Excess application money received from Ramesh, to be adjusted towards
Allotment 16 Net amount due from Ramesh towards Allotment 7 184
6 200 less 716 received in advance). Total amount receive towards Allotment
7 9,016 (710,00 due less excess application money adjusted towards allotment
7 800 less amount unpaid by Ramesh 7 184).
Issue & Redemption of Debentures
I S. Hind Electric Co. Ltd. issued at par 7 60,000 (7%) Debentures in Bonds of
1000 each, payable 20% on application 20% on allotment, 30% on first
call and balance one month thereafter. Excepting the allotment money on
400 bonds and call money on 600 bonds which were in arrears all the money
was duly received. Make the Cash Book and Journal entries and show ledger
accounts. (B.Com. Osmania)
C-25
16. X.Ltd issues 2,000 (6%) Debentures of Z 100 each Give journal entries and
Balance Sheet in each of the following cases:
(i) The Debentures are issued and redeemable at par.
(ii) Debentures issued at discount of 5% but redeemable at par.
(iii) Debentures are issued at a premium of 6% but redeemable at par.
(iv) Debentures issued at par, but redeemable at a premium of 5%.
(v) Debentures issued at a discount of 5% but are redeemable at a premium
of 5%.
17. Journalise the following transactions only at the time of issue of debentures
(a) A company issued 90,000, 13% Debentures at a discount of 10%,
redeemable at par.
(b) A company issued 90,000, 13% Debentures at par redeemable at 10%
premium.
(c) A Company issued 90,000, 13% Debentures at a discount of 10% and
redeemable at 5% premium.
The face value of debenture is 2100 (B.Com, Osm.,)
18. Show by means of Journal Entries how will you record the following issues.
Also show how they will appear in respective. Balance Sheets.
(a) P Ltd. issues 5,000 10% Debentures of 2100 each at a discount of 5%
redeemable at the end of five years at par.
(b) Q Ltd. issues 5,000, 11% Debentures of Z 100 each, at par, redeemable at
the end of 5 years at a premium of 5%.
(c) R Ltd. issues 5,000 12% Debentures of Z 100 each at a discount of 5%,
redeemable at the end of 5 years at a premium of 5%.
19. T T Ltd issues 50,000 equity shares of Z10 each at par. The entries issue was
underwritten as follows:
A 30,000 shares (firm underwriting 4,000 shares)
B 15,000 shares (firm underwriting 5,000 shares)
C 5,000 shares (firm underwriting 1,000 shares)
The total applications including firm underwriting were for 40,000 shares.
The marked applications were as under:
A 10,000 shares : B 7,000 shares : C 3000 shares
The underwriting contract provides that credit for unmarked applications to
given to the underwriters in proportion to the shares underwritten Determine
the liability of each underwriter.
(Ans: Total Liability A 12,000 Shares B 7,000 shares & C 1000 shares)
20. A Co. Ltd has Authorised Capital of Z 50,00,000 divided into 1,00,000 Equity
Shares of Z 50 each. The company issued for subscription 50,000 shares at a
premium of Z 10 each. The entries issue was underwritten as follows.
X - 30,000 shares (firm underwriting 5,000 shares)
Y - 15,000 shares (firm underwriting 2000 shares)
Z - 5,000 shares (firm underwriting 1000 shares)
Out of the total issue 45,000 shares including firm underwriting were
subscribed. The following were the marked forms.
C-26
X - 16,000 shares; Y - 10,000 shares, Z - 4000 shares

Calculate the liability of each underwriter assuming shares under written are
treated as marked application.
(Ans: Total liability X-9667 shares, Y - 2333 shares, C - woo shares)
21. P Ltd comes out with a public issue of 20 lakh equity shares of Z10 each on
1.1.2002 at a premium of 5%. Z 2.50 is payable on application on or before
31.1.2002 and Z 3 on allotment on or before 31.3.2002 including premium.
The issue is under written by the underwriters Seth and Sen wally. The
commission being 5% of the issue price. Each of them under writes 40,000
shares firm.
Details of the applications received are seth 10,40,000; Sen 7,20,000 and
unmarked forms 1,60,000.
You are required to pass journal entries to record the above
(Bl.Com. Osm. Adapted)
Hint: No. of shares to be taken up by Seth 40,000 and Sen 1,20,000
BONUS SHARES
A prudent company may create reserves out of its profits for the purpose
of future expansion as well as for declaring dividends during the periods of
inadequate profits. Sometimes, the company may not be in a position to pay
dividends in cash inspite of adequate profits and reserves because it may have
adverse effect on the working capital of the company. In order to avoid the
outflow of cash from the business and at the same time to satisfy the shareholders,
the company may resort to issuing bonus shares to the existing shareholders.
This may be done by making partly paid shares as fully paid up shares or by
issuing fully paid shares to the existing shareholders without getting cash from
them.
Shares issued free of cost to the existing shareholders by way of
capitalisation of profits and reserves are called 'Bonus Shares'. The issue of
bonus shares implies the payment of dividend in the form of shares instead of
cash. These new shares are allotted to the members in proportion to their
existing shareholdings. As a result, the members acquire few more shares which
are adjusted out of accumulated profits and reserves. This increases the issued
capital of the company but keeps the assets intact.
Guidelines issued by SEBI (Securities and Exchange Board of India) for issue
of Bonus Shares
1. These guidelines are applicable to the existing listed companies. The
company has to issue a certificate countersigned by the statutory auditor
to the effect that the terms and conditions for issue of bonus shares have
been complied out.
2 This issue will not dilute the value or right of the holders of partly or fully
convertible debentures.
C-27
3. The bonus issue is made out of free reserves built out of genuine profits
or share premium collected in cash only.
4. Reserves created by revaluation of assets are not capitalised.
5. The bonus issue is not made unless the partly paid shares, if any, are made
fully paid.
6. There is a provision in the Articles of Association for capitalisation of
reserves and if not, the company should pass resolution making the
provisions in the Articles of Association of the company.
7. The Company must implement the proposal within six months from the
date of approval, of the Board of Directors.
Reserves that can be used for issue of bonus shares
1. Balance in Profit and Account carried forward
2. General Reserves.
3. Dividend Equalisation Reserve
4. Capital reserve arising from Profit on sale of fixed assets received in cash.
5. Balance in debenture redemption reserve after redemption of debentures.
6. Capital Redemption Reserve Account created at the time of redemption of
redeemable preference shares out of profits.
7. Securities Premium collected in Cash only.
Capital Redemption Reserves and Securities Premium can be applied only,
for issuing fully paid up Bonus shares and not for making partly paid shares
as fully paid up shares.
Accounting treatment
A. If the bonus is utilised for making partly paid shares as fully paid shares,
the entries will be:
i. Profit and Loss Account Dr
or General Reserve Account Dr
or Capital Reserve Account Dr
To Bonus To Shareholders Account
(Being the amount transferred to Bonus to shareholders
account)
ii. Share Final Call Account Dr
To Share Capital Account
(Being final call due on shares)
iii. Bonus to Shareholders Account Dr
To Share Final Account
(Being the Bonus to shareholders utilised towards share
final call a/c)
B. For issuing fully paid Bonus Shares
i. Profit and Loss A/c Dr
or General Reserve A/c Dr
or Capital Reserve A/c Dr
or Securities Premium A/c Dr
C-28
or Capital Redemption Reserve A/c Dr

or Any other Reserve A/c Dr
To Bonus to Shareholders A/c
(Being the Profit & Loss A/c and reserves transferred
to Bonus to Shareholders A/c)
ii. Bonus to Shareholders A/c Dr
To Share Capital A/c
" Securities Premium A/c (if any)
(Being the issue of Bonus Shares)
Illustration : 6
The following is the Balance Sheet of Strong Ltd. as at 31st December,
1998.
10,000 Equity Shares of Land Buildings 40,000
10 each, 7.50 Plant & Machinery 90,000
per share paid 75,000 Furniture & Fittings 20,000 -
Securities Premium 10,000 Investments 40,000
General Reserve 50,000 Cash at Bank 10,000
Profit & Loss A/c 40,000
S. Creditors 25,000
2,00,000 2,00,000
The company decided to make the shares fully paid out of the Profit &
Loss Account and then to issue one fully paid bonus share for every two held.
For this purpose the Securities Premium Account was to be used fully and then
General Reserve. Pass Journal Entries and Prepare the Balance Sheet after the
above arrangement are put through.
Solution:
Journal
Debit Credit
Z Z
Profit & Loss A/c . Dr 25,000
To Bonus to Shareholders A/c 25,000
(Being the amount transferred from Profit & Loss
A/c to Bonus to Shareholders A/c)
Share Final A/c ' Dr 25,000
To Share Capital A/c 25,000
(Being the Final Call due)
Bonus to Shareholders A/c Dr 25,000
To Share Final Call A/c 25,000
(Being the Bonus to Shareholders account
utilised to make final call paid up)
C-29
Securities Premium A/c Dr 10,000

General Reserve A/c Dr 40,000
To Bonus to Shareholders A/c 50,000
(Being Securities Premium and General Reserve
transferred to Bonus to Shareholders A/c)
Bonus to Shareholders A/c Dr 50,000
To Share Capital A/c 50,000
(Being the issue of 5,000 bonus shares of 10
each to the existing shareholders)
Strong Ltd. Balance Sheet As at.
Equity and Liabilities

1. Shareholders Funds
(a) Share Capital 1,50,000
(b) Reserves and Surplus 25,000
(c) Current Liabilities 25,000
Total 2,00,000
Assets
Non-Current Assets
Current Assets
Investments 40,00
Cash and Cash Equivalents 10,00
Total 2,00,000
Notes
1. Share Capital
15,000 Shares of 10 each fully paid 1,50,000
(includes 7500 shares converted into fully paid up and
500 Shares issued as fully paid bonus shares
2. Reserves and Surplus
General Reserves 10,000
Profit and Loss Statement Balance 15,000 ,
Total 25,000
3. Fixed Assets
PI ,,,, ,,,,, Machinery 90,000i
Fittings 20,000 1
Ibtal 1,50,000
Illustration : 7
The following balances appeared in the books of Mukund Ltd.
80,000 Equity Shares of 10 each fully paid 8,00,000

40,000 Equity Shares of Z 10 each, 8 per share paid 3,20,000
Profit and loss Account (Credit Balance) 30,000
Capital Reserve 60,000
Securities Premium Account 70,000
Capital Redemption Reserve 1,00,000
General Reserve 2,60,000
By way of bonus dividend the partly paid up shares are converted into
fully paid up shares and the holders of fully paid up shares are also alloted fully
paid up bonus shares in the same ratio. It is decided that minimum reduction
is made in free reserves.
Solution:
joornal Entries in the books of Mukund Ltd.
Debit Credit
Profit & Loss Account Dr 30,000

To Bonus to Shareholders Account 80,000
(Being bonus dividend payable for making
40,000 shares of 10 each, 8 paid as
fully paid up).
Share Final Call A/c 80,000
(Being the Final Call due)
Bonus to shareholders A/c 80,000
To share Final Call A/c 80,000
(Being bonus adjusted towards final call)
Securities Premium A/c Dr 70,000
Capital Redemption Reserve A/c Dr 1,00,000
To Bonus to shareholders A/c 2,00,000
(Being bonus dividends payable to equity
shareholders)
Bonus to shareholders A/c Dr 2,00,000
To Equity share Capital A/c 2,00,000
(Being the issue of 20,000 Equity shares)
C-31
Notes
1. A holder of partly paid share of ! 10 each, ! 8 paid gets 2 bonus to make
the share fully paid up. Hence for ! 8 paid, the bonus is ! 2, so for fully
paid shares of the value of 8,00,000, bonus dividend payable will be
! 2,00,000 (8,00,000 x 2/8). They will be issued 20,000 equity shares of
! 10 each fully paid as bonus.
2. Capital profits can be utilised for issue of bonus shares only if they are
realised in cash. It is not stated in the problem whether Capital Reserve
is realised in cash or not. Hence they are not considered for issue of bonus
shares.
THEORY QUESTIONS
1. What is meant by Bonus shares? (B.Com. Osm.)
2. Explain the guidelines issued by SEBI for issue of Bonus Shares.
3. Explain the sources from which Bonus shares can be issued.
(B.Com. Osm. & Nagrujuna)
4) Enumerate the Reserves that can be used for the issue of Bonus Shares and
also the reserves not available for issue of Bonus shares.
SHORT-ANSWER QUESTIONS.
1. The Balance Sheet of B.G. Ltd. as on 31-03-2002 showed the Balances of
Reserve Fund and Profit and Loss Account as ! 36,000 and ! 29,000
respectively. It is decided to capitalise a part of accummulated profits by
issuing one bonus share of 100 each for every 4 shares of 100 each
presently held. For this purpose Z 10,000 are to be provided from reserve
fund and the balance from profit and loss Account. The Equity capital of
the company (paid up) at present consists of 700 equity shares of 100
each. Pass necessary journal entries. (B.Com. Osm.)
2. The Balance sheet of Z Company Ltd is as follows:
Liabilities ! Assets Z
40,000 equity shares of Sundry Assets 10,00,000
7 10 each fully paid 4,00,000
Reserves 6,00,000
10,00,000 10,00,000
It is decided to issue one fully paid up bonus share for every share held.
Pass the journal entries. (B.Com. Osm.)
3. A Limited Company has resolved to utilise ! 5,00,000 out of its Reserve
Fund in declaration of a bonus to shareholders. The bonus, however, is to
be applied to the extent of !2,00,000 in payment of final call of 40 per
share on 5,000 equity shares of 2100 each and to the extent of
!3,00,000 in the issue of 3,000 fully paid equity shares of 100 each to
the existing shareholders. Give journal entries necessary to give effect to
the above resolution. (CAIIB)
C-32
PROBLEMS
1. The Balance Sheet of Adarsha Co.Ltd., as on 31" March, 2010 was as
follows
Equity. Share Capital Fixed Assets 15,00,000
(1,00,000 Shares of Current Assets 5,00,000
Z10 each, but
Z 7.50 Paid) 7,50,000
Share Premium 2,00,000
Profit and Loss Account 2,50,000
Creditors 4,00,000
20,00,000 20,00,000
The company decided to make partly paid shares fully paid out of Profit
& Loss Account. It was also decided to issue on fully paid bonus share for
every two shares held and for this purpose the share premimum was to be
fully used first and later general reserve.
Give Journal entries for the above and Prepare post bonus Balance Sheet.
(B.Com., Osm.) (Ans : Balance Sheet Total 20,00,000)
2. Srinidhi Company has accumulated large profits and its directors decided
to make bonus issue to make capital represent the financial position.
Its details are
Paid up Capital 2,00,000
(25,000 Equity Shares of Z10 each Z 8 Paid)
General Reserve 80,000
Profit and Loss Account 1,00,000
4% Debentures 70,000
Assets 4,50,000
The Directors decide to issue one fully paid bonus share at a premium of
Z 2 for every five shares held and to make the partly paid shares into fully
paid. Pass Journal entries to implement the above and prepare Balance
Sheet of Srinidhi Company after bonus issue.
(B.Com., Osm.) (Ans. Balance Sheet Total x4,50,000)
3. The following is the summarised Balance Sheet of XYZ Company.
Amount (Z) Amount (Z)
Share Capital Sundry Assets 13,00,000
20,000 shares of
Z 20 each Z16
Paid up 3,20,000
Capital Redemption
Reserve 1,00,000
C-33
P&L A/c 1,70,000

10% Debentures 5,00,00
13,00,000 13,00,000
The directors of the company decided to issue bonous shares. For this
purpose general reserve account is to be applied for converting partly paid
shares into fully paid up and issue one bonus share of 20 each for every
four existing shares by utilising Capital Redemption Reserve.
(B.Com., Osm.) (Ans : Balance Sheet Total n3,00,000)
4. A Limited Company having a paid-up capital of 5,00,000 in shares of
?10 each, had a reserve of 90,000 built up out of Profits. It was resolved
to capitalise 50,000 of the Reserves by issuing 5,000 fully-paid Bonus
shares of X 10 each, each shareholder to get one share for every ten shares
held by him in the company. Journalise the transactions.
5. The Balance Sheet of A Ltd. as on 31-3-2003 is as follows:-
Liabilities ! Assets Z
Authorised share Capital Sundry Assets 34,00,000
(3 lakh equity share of
10 each) 30,00,000
Issued, subscribed and
paid up Capital
(1.20 lakh shares) 12,00,000
Capital redemption
reserve 3,00,000
Security premium
account 3,00,000
Development rebate
reserve 10,00,000
General reserve 6,00,000
34,00,000 34,00,000
The company wanted to issue Bonus shares to its shareholders @ one
share for every two shares held. You are required to give effect to the
proposal by passing journal entries and show the Balance Sheet after such
issue. (B.Com. Osm.) (Ans. Balance Sheet total '34,00,000)
6. A Limited Company with a subscribed capital of 5,00,000 in Equity
Shares of T10 each has called up 7 per share and duly paid.
The Company has resolved that a Bonus of 1,50,000 will be declared
out of the Reserves and Surplus in the form of Final Call. Along with this
the Company has further decided to utilise the Reserves and Surplus to
issue fully paid up Bonus Shares in the ratio of one Equity Share for every
five Equity Shares held. Following balances appear under Reserves and
Surplus.
C-34
Share Premium ! 2,00,000

General Reserve Z 1,80,000
Show journal entries in the books of the company.
7. X Ltd. has resolved to utilise Z 3,00,000 out of General Reserve balance
to declare a bonus to the shareholders by paying the final call of Z 3 per
share on 1,00,000 equity shares of Z10 each. Along with this, the
Company further decided to utilise the balance of Share Premium Account
to issue fully paid-up bonus shares in the ratio of one equity share for
every five shares held. Show the Journal entries in the books of X Ltd.5
8. The following are extracts from the Balance Sheet of A Ltd. as on 31 t
March, 2004
Authorised Capital
10,000 equity shares of Z 10 each 1,00,000
Issued and Subscribed Capital
5,000 equity shares of Z 10 each, fully paid-up 50,000
Reserve Fund 35,000
Profit & Loss Account 10,000r
A resolution was passed to issue 1,000 bonus shares of Z 10 each by
providing Z 5,000 out of the Profit and Loss Account and the balance out
of the Reserve Fund.
Set out Journal entries to give effect to the above resolution and show how
they would affect the Balance Sheet.
9. The Balance Sheet of A Ltd. as at 31-3-2004 is as follows:
Authorised Share Capital : Sundry Assets 17,00,000
1,50,000 Equity Shares of
Z 10 each 15,00,000
Issued, Subscribed and
Paid up Capital
80,000 Equity Shares of
Z10 each, Z 7.50
each called & paid up 6,00,000
Reserves :
Capital Redemption
Reserve 1,50,000
Plant Revaluation
Reserve 20,000
Securities Premium A/c 1,50,000
Development Rebate
Reserve 2,30,000
Investment Allowance
Reserve 2,50,000
17,00,000 17,00,000
C-35
The company wanted to issue bonus shares to its shareholders at the rate
of one share for every two shares held. Necessary resolutions were passed,
requisite legal requirements were complied with. (a) You are required to
give effect to the proposal by passing journal entries in the books of A Ltd.
(b) Show the amended Balance Sheet.
(Ans: Balance Sheet Total T 17,00,000)
Hint: First, Partly paid up shares have to be converted into fully paid up shares
to comply with the legal requirement for issuing bonus shares.
10. Mahalaxmi Co. Ltd's share capital consists of 80,000 Equity Shares of
Z 10 each fully paid and 40,000 Equity Shares of Z. 10 each, Z 8 per share
paid up. It has Capital Reserve of 50,000, Securities Premium A/c
60,000, Capital Redemption Reserve ?1,20,000 and General Reserve
Z 1,00,000.
The Company decided to convert partly paid up shares into fully paid up
shares and the holders of fully paid up shares are also allotted fully paid-
up bonus shares in the same ratio.
Pass journal entries to record the above.
4+ 40
Chapter -4
COMPANY FINAL ACCOUNTS AND
PROFIT PRIOR TO INCORPORATION
According to Section 128 Companies Act, 2013 every company shall keep at
its registered office proper books of accounts regarding:
a. all sums of money received and expended by the company and matters in
respect of which the receipts, and expenditure take place;
b. all sales and purchases of goods by the company.
c. the assets and liabilities of the company, and
d. in case of a company pertaining to any class of companies engaged in
production, processing, manufacturing or mining activities, such particulars
relating to utilisation of material or labour or to other items of cost as may be
prescribed.
Books of Accounts
According to Companies Act, 2013 the companies should generally maintain
the following books of accounts.
1. Cash Book to record cash and bank transactions.
2. Purchases Book to record credit purchases.
3. Sales Day Book to record credit sales.
4. Returns Inwards Book or Sales Returns Book to record goods returned by
customers.
5. Returns Outwards Book or Purchases Returns Book to record goods returned
by the company to suppliers.
6. Bills Receivable Book to record the details of bills receivable.
7. Bills Payable Book to record the details of bills payable.
8. Journal proper to record opening, closing and adjusting entries.
9. General Ledger showing all accounts other than the accounts of customers
and suppliers.
10. Debtors Ledger showing accounts of customers.
11. Creditors Ledger showing accounts of suppliers.
Statutory Books
As per the requirements of the Companies Act, 2013 the following statutory
books have to be maintained.
1. Registers of Investments held in Company's name.
2. Register of Charges.
3. Register of Members.
D-2
4. Register of Debentureholders..
5. Copies of Annual Returns.
6. Minutes Books of General Meetings and Meetings of Board of Directors.
7. Register of Contracts, Companies and firms in which directors are interested.
8. Register of directors, managers, managing directors and secretary.
9. Registers of Directors' shareholdings etc.
10. Register of Loans made to other companies under the same management.
Statistical Books
In addition to books of account and statutory books companies usually maintain
the following books which give detailed information regarding holding and transfer
of shares and debentures, calls made on shareholders and debentureholders, interest
paid to debentureholders„ share warrants etc.,
(1) Share Application and Allotment Book (2) Share Call Book
(3) Debenture Application and Allotment Book (4) Debenture Call Book
(5) Register of Share Transfer (6) Shareholders Dividend Book (7) Debenture
Interest Book (8) Debenture Transfer Register (9) Register of share certificates
(10) Agenda Books etc.
Annual Accounts
The final accounts of a company consists of two basic financial statements
namely statement of Profit and Loss and Balance Sheet Under section 129 of the
companies Act, 2013 at the annual general meeting of a company the Board of
Directors of the company shall lay financial statements before the company.
Financial Statements as per section 2(40) of the companies Act 2013, inter-alia
include.
a. A Balance Sheet as at the end of the financial year
b. A Profit and Loss statement
c. Cash flow statement
As per section 129 of the Act, Financial Statements shall give a true and fair
view of the State of Affairs of the company. While preparing final accounts the
following points should be noted carefully.
1. Requirements of the schedule III of the Companies Act
2. Other statutory requirements
3. Accounting standards issued by the Institute of chartered Accountants of
India notified by the Central Govt.
4. Statements and guidance Notes issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India.
As per Section 133 of the Companies Act it is mandatory to comply with
Accounting Standards notified by the Central Government from time to time.
D-3
Format as per Revised Schedule HI

PART I - FORM OF BALANCE SHEET
Name of the Company ...............................
Balance Sheet as at .....................................
(Z )
Particulars Notes Figures for Figures for
Reference the current the previous
Number reporting . reporting
period period
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
1. Shareholders' funds
a. Share capital
b. Reserves and Surplus
c. Money received against
share warrants
2. Share application money
pending allotment
3. Non-current liabilities
a. Long-term borrowings
b. Deferred tax liabilities (Net)
c. Other long term liabilities
d. Long-term provisions
4. Current Liabilities
a. Short-term borrowings
b. Trade Payables
c. Other current liabilities
d. Short-term provisions
Total
ASSETS
I. Non-current assets
a. Fixed Assets
i. Tangible assets
ii. Intangible assets
iii. Capital Work-in-progress
iv. Intangible assets under development
b. Non-current investments
c. Deferred tax assets (Net)
d. Long-term loans and advances
e. Other non-current assets
D-4
2. Current assets
a. Current investments
b. Inventories
c. Trade receivables
d. Cash and cash equivalents
e. Short-term loans and advances
f. Other current assets
Total
PART II - FORM OF STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
Name of the Company ...............................
Profit and loss statement for the year ended ....................................
Particulars Note Figures for Figures for

No. the current the previous
reporting reporting
period period
I. Revenue from operations xxx xxx
II. Other income xxx xxx
III. Total Revenue (1+1D xxx
IV. Expenses :
Cost of materials consumed
Purchases of Stock-in-Trade
Changes in inventories of
finished goods, work-in-progress
and Stock-in-Trade
Employee benefits expense
Finance costs
Depreciation and amortization expense
Other expenses
Total expenses xxx xxx
V. Profit before exceptional and
extraordinary items and tax (III-IV) xxx xxx
VI. Exceptioanl items xxx xxx
VII. Profit before extraordinary items
and tax (V-VI) XXX XXX
VIII. Extraordinary items xxx xxx
IX. Profit before tax (VII-VIII) xxx xxx
X. Tax expenses :
1) Current tax xxx xxx
2) Deferred tax xxx xxx
XI. Profit (Loss) for the period from
continuing operations (VII-VIII) xxx xxx
D-5
XII. Profit/(loss) from discontinuin

operations
XIII. Tax expense of discontinuing
operations
XIV. Profit/(loss) from Discontinuing
operations (after tax) (XII-XIII)
XV. Profit (Loss) for the period (XI+XIV)
XVI. Earnings per equity share :
1) Basic
2) Diluted xxx
General Instructions and Notes to Accounts for Preparation of Balance
Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss under New Schedule (simplified)
As a part of revised schedule III 'Notes' to Accounts has to be prepared.
The following general instructions are provided for the preparation of Balance
Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss.
1. Share Capital : It is required to disclose the following for each class of
share capital (separate treatment has to be given to different classes of
preference shares).
a) The number and amount of shares authorised
b) The number of shares issued, subscribed and fully paid, and subscribed
but not fully paid.
c) Par value per share
d) The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of shares
including restrictions and distribution of dividends and repayment of
capital.
e) Calls unpaid
0 Forfeited shares
2. Reserve and Surplus : Reserves and Surplus shall be classified as :
a) Capital Reserve
b) Capital Redemption Reserve
c) Securities Premium Reserve
d) Debenture Redemption Reserve
e) Other Reserves
f) Surplus, i.e. balance in Statement of Profit and Loss. It should be
noted that A reserve specifically represented by earmarked investments
shall be termed as a 'fund'.
Debit balance of statement of Profit and Loss shall be shown as a
negative figure under the head 'Surplus'. Similarly the balance of
'Reserves and Surplus' after adjusting negative balance of surplus if
any, shall be shown under the head 'Reserves and Surplus' even if it
is in negative.
D-6
3. Money received against share warrants : Share warrants are the financial
instruments which give the holder right to acquire equity shares. These are
the financial instruments which will be converted into equity shares at a later
date on predetermined price. Since these will be converted into equity shares
they are included under shareholders funds.
4. Share Application money pending allotment : Share Application money
pending Allotment is separate line item in between Shareholders' Funds and
Non-Current liabilities. These are the amount received towards application
but not yet allotted. When they are allotted then it will be included in share
capital.
Please Note :
Share Application money received by the company which is to be refunded
to the applicants i.e against which shares will not allotted to the applicants is
shown under main head-current liabilities sub-head-other current liabilities.
5. Deferred tax liability (Net) and Deferred tax Asset (Net) : Every year
accounting income is compared with taxable income. If the difference
between the two exists, which is temporary in nature income tax on the
difference is treated as 'Deferred Tax'
It can be seen from the form of balance sheet deferred tax liabilities (Net)
appear under Non-Current liabilities and deferred tax Assets (Net) appear
under the Non Current Assets.
Deferred Tax Asset is adjusted to the existing balance in Deferred Tax
(Liabilities) or Asset as the case maybe. Deferred Tax (liabilities) or Asset
are only book entries i.e they are neither Actual liability nor Actual Assets.
The two terms are inter related as the balance in Deferred tax liabilities (Net)
in one year may get converted into deferred tax Assets (Net) in the next year
or vice Versa.
6. Current and Non-Current liabilities : Current and Non-Current Liabilities
is defined in the Companies Act as follows 'Non-Current Liabilities.' are
those liabilities which are not current liabilities. The term 'Current Liabilities'
is defined as follows : "Current Liability' is that liability which is
(i) Expected to be settled in company's normal operating cycle.
(ii) Due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting date i.e. Balance
Sheet.
(iii) Held primarily for the purpose of being traded.
(iv) There is no unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months
after the reporting date
Operating Cycle
Operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of an asset for processing
and realisation in cash and cash equivalents. Operating cycle, normally, is of 12
months.
D-7
7. Long Term Borrowings : Thes should be classified as :

1. Bonds / Debentures
2. Term loans
3. Deferred payment liabilities
4. Deposits
Borrowings shall further be sub-classified as secured and unsecured.
8. Other Long term liabilities : The amounts shall be classified
1. Trade payable
2. Others
9. Long-Term Provisions
1. Provision for employee benefits
2. Others (specify nature)
10. Short-Term borrowings: These should be classified as
a) Loans repayable on demand (i) from banks (ii) from others
b) Deposits
c) Other loans and advances
Borrowings shall further be sub-classified as secured and unsecured. Where
loans have been guaranteed by directors and others, the aggregate amount
of such loans under each head shall be disclosed.
11. Other Current Liabilities : The amount shall be classified as :
a) Interest due on Bank Loan
b) Interest accrued on Debentures
c) Managers Remuneration Payable
d) Unpaid dividends
e) Application amount for allotment of securities and due for refund.
12. Short-term provisions : The amount shall be classified as :
i) Provision for employee benefits
ii) Others (specify nature)
13. Tangible Assets
a) Land
b) Buildings
c) Plant and Equipment
d) Furniture & Fixtures
e) Vehicles
0 Office equipments
A reconciliation of gross and net carrying amounts of each class of assets
at the beginning and end, showing additions, disposals, acquisitions and
related depreciation shall be disclosed separately.
14. Intangible assets : Classification shall be given as
a) Goodwill
b) Brand / Trade marks
c) Computer Software
d) Copyrights and patents and other intellectual property
D-8
Current and Non-Current Assets

Non-Current Asset are those assets which are not current Assets.
Current Assets are those assets which are :
(i) Expected to be realised in or intended for sale or Consumption in the
company's normal operating cycle.
(ii) Held primarily for the purpose of Trading or
(iii) Expected to be realised within 12 months from the reporting date.
(iv) Cash and Cash equivalents.
15. Non Current Investments: Non Current Investments shall be classified as
a) Trade Investments
b) Investments in Equity Instruments and Preference Shares
c) Investments in Govt. and Trust Securities
d) Investments in debentures or bonds
e) Investments in Mutual Funds.
16. Long-term Loans and Advances
a) Capital Advances
b) Security Deposits
c) Loans and advances to related parties
The above shall be separately sub-classified as
a) Secured, considered good
b) Unsecured, considered good
c) Doubtful
17. Other Non-Current Assets
a) Long Term Trade Receivables
b) Others
Long term Trade Receivables shall be sub-classified as
i) Secured, considered good
2 ii) Unsecured Considered good
iii) Doubtful
Pre ' ion for Doubtful Debts etc
As per note and explanation for the preparation of financial statements it is
stated that Allowance of bad and doubtful debts shall be disclosed under the relevant
head separately. It leads to two approaches. First Approach the Provision for doubtful
debts is shown under either Long term provision or short term provisions depending
on whether trade Receivables are longterm or short-term.
Second Approach
The amount of Provision for doubtful debts is shown by way of deduction
from the amount shown under Trade Receivables.
We have adopted the second approach
18. Current Investments:These should be classified as (i) investments in Equity
Instruments, and in Preference Shares (ii) Investments in Govt. or trust
securities (iii) Investments in debentures (iv) Investments in Mutual Funds.
D-9
19. Inventories: (a)Raw Materials (b) Work in Progress (c) Finished goods (d)
Stock in Trade (goods acquired for trading (e) Stores and Spares (f) Loose
tools
20. Trade Receivables: It includer Bills Receivables Trade Receivables shall be
classified as Secured, Unsecured and Doubtful. Allowances for bad debts
shall be disclosed.
21. Cash and Cash Equivalents:
i) Balances with Banks
ii) Cheques, drafts on hand
iii) Cash on hand
22. Other Current Assets: This is an all inclusive heading, which incorporate
current assets that do not fit into any other asset categories.
23. Contingent liabilities and Commitments (to the extent not Provided for)
Contingent liabilities shall be classified as
a) Claims against the company not acknowledged as debts.
b) Guarantees.
Commitments shall be classified as:
a) Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on Capital
account and not provided.
b) Uncalled liability on shares and investments partly paid.
24. Revenue from Operations:
In respect of a company other than finance company shall disclose
i) Sale of Products
ii) Sale of Services
iii) Other Operating revenues
Less Excise Duty
25. Other Income
a) Interest Income
b) Dividend Income
c) Gain/ Loss on Sale of Investments
26. Changes in inventories of finished goods, work in progress and stock in
trade :The opening and closing inventories of Fineshed Goods, Work-in
Progress and Stock in Trade are to be compared. If the net opening balance of
these items is more than closing balance, the difference is positive. In case the
closing inventories of these items is more then it is a negative. This item will
oppear in Profit and Loss statement.
27. Finance Costs
a) Interest Expenses : Interest on Debentures, Interest on public Deposits
etc
b) Other borrowing costs
D-10
28. Employees Benefit Expense

a) Salaries and wages, medicaal expenses
b) Contribution to provident other funds...
29. Other Expenses
a) Consumption of Stores and Spare parts
b) Power and Fuel.
c) Rent
d) Repairs to Buildings, Machinery
e) Insurance
0 Rate and Taxes
g) Miscellaneous Expenses
Rounding off of the figures
Depending upon the turnover of the company, the Figures appearing in
financial statements may be rounded as follows:
Turnover Rounding off
1) Less than one hundred crores To the nearest hundreds, thousands,
rupees Lakhs or millions or decimals there of
2) One hundred crores or more To the nearest Lakhs, millions or
crores, or decimals there of
able showing various items to be placed in profit and loss statement part II
of Schedule III of Companies Act 2013.
Under Head
Sales, Gross Profit Revenue from operations
Interest and dividends, Net gain/ loss Other Income
from sale of investments, commission
received, discount received
Salaries and wages, contribution to Employee Benefit expenses
P.F and other funds, Stock option
expenses and staff welfare expenses
Interest on Debentures, Interest on Finance Cost
loan and overdrafts, other
borrowing costs
Consumption of Stores and Spares
Power and Fuel. Carriage outwards,
Discount Allowed, Rent and Repairs
Rates and Taxes, Insurance, selling Other Expenses
and Distribution expenses, Bad Debts,
Directors fees, Managing Director's
Remuneration, Payments to Auditors.
D-11
Table Showing the Heads and Sub-Head under which the items are
shown in Balance Sheet as per part I, Schedule HI, Companies Act 2013
Item Main Head Sub-Head
Subscribed and Shareholders Funds
paid-up Capital
Securities Premium,
Capital Reserve, Capital
Redemption Reserve,
Debenture Redemption
Reserve, Shareholder's Funds Reserves and Surplus
General Reserve,
Balance in Profit and loss
statement Credit
Debit As a Negative item
Calls in Arrears Shareholder's Funds Under Subscribed
capital as deduction
Forfeited shares Account Shareholder's Funds Under Subscribed
capital by way of
addition
Money received against Shareholder's Funds As a separate item
share warrant
Share Application Money
Pending Adjustment As a Separate item
Debentures
Public Deposits (long Term)
Advances from
customers Non-Current liabilities Long-term
Bank Loan Borrowing
Term Loan
Premium Payable on
Redemption of Debentures
Deffered Tax liability (Net) Non-Current liabities Deffered Tax
Liabilities
Provision for employees
Retirement Benefit Non-Current Long term
Liabilities Provisions
1. Loans repayable on
Demand Short-term
2. Deposits Current Liabilities Borrowings
Interest Accrued but not due
on borrowing, interest
D-12
accrued and due on

borrowings, Income received
in advance unclaimed Other Current
or unpaid Dividends, Bank Current Liabilities Liabilities
overdraft Advance received
from customers,
outstandeing expenses.
P.F. Payable
E.S.I. Payable
Vat, Central Sales Tax
Provision for taxation Short term
Proposed dividends Current Liabilities Provisions
Corporate Dividend tax
S. Creditors, Bills payable Trade Payables
Land Buildings, plant and Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets
Equipment, vehicles Tangible Assets
Goodwill, Brand, Trade
Marks, Computers, Software Non-Current Assets Fixed Assets
Copyright & Patents. Intangible Assets
Bills Receivables, Sundry Current Assets Trade Receivables
Debtors.
Raw Materials work in Current Assets Inventories
Progress Stores and Spares
Loose' Tools (Closing)
Cheques, Draft on hand Current Assets Cash and Cash
Equivalents
Adjustments
I. Preliminary Expenses:
The term 'Preliminary Expenses' normally includes the following
(1) Legal charges for drafting the Memorandum of Association and Articles of
Association and agreement between the company and other persons relating to
setting up of the company. (2) Printing expenses of Memorandum of Association
and Articles of Association of company (3) Registration fees of the company
under the provisions of Companies Act. (4) Expenses in conne-ction with public
issue of shares and debentures.
Under the Companies Act 1956, Schedule VI Preliminary expenses not written
off were required to be shown on the Assets side of the Balance Sheet under the
head 'Miscellaneous expenditure (to the extent not written off or adjusted)'. Under
the Revised Schedule 'Miscellaneous Expenditure (to the extent not written off or
adjusted) is not to be shown in the Balance Sheet. Schedule III does not suggest o
prescribe any specific treatment for this item. Even in general instructions fo
D-13
preparation of Balance eet and Statement of Profit and loss in the revised schedule
III there is no guideline for treatment of Preliminary expenses. Students are advised
to see whether any instruction/ adjustment is given in the problem. If any instruction
is given in the problem, then follow the instruction. In the absence of any instruction
any of the following treatment may be followed with Note
1. Show this item in Statement of Profit and loss under the head 'Other Expenses'.
2. Deduct 'Preliminary Expenses' from Surplus of the Current year in the Balance
Sheet under 'Reserves and Surplus'.
3. Show this item in the Balance Sheet under the main heading 'Reserves and
Surplus' as a negative item.
4. If in the Problem, it is instructed that part of the preliminary Expenses is to be
written off then;
(1) Take the amount to be written off in Statement of profit and loss under the
head other expenses.
(2) Show the balance (which is not written off) in the Balance Sheet Under :
Main Head : Current Assets
Sub Head : Other Current Assets or
under the Main Head 'Reserves and Surplus as Negative item.
As per para 56 of AS 26 Preliminary Expenses are not to be shown in Balance
Sheet.
Discount on the Issue of Share and Discount
The Discount on issue of Shares and Debentures must be treated as a loss
of capital nature and should be debited to a separate account called Discount on
Issue of Shares/Debentures Account. Such discount on issue of shares or
debentures should be written off over a number of years. Under the old schedule
VI Discount on Issue of Shares/Debentures not written off was required to be
shown on the Assets side under the Head 'Miscellaneous Expenditure (to the
extent not written off or adjusted)'. Under the new schedule III this Head
Miscellaneous Expenditure does not exist. Hence, instructions given in the
problem have to be followed. If no instruction is given in the Problem, Discount
on Issue of Shares / Debentures should be written off against General Reserve
or Profit loss Balance.
Interest on Debentures
Interest on Debentures is a charge against Profit and it is payable to the
debentureholders whether the company has earned Profit or not. It is an implied
adjustment i.e. outstanding interest on debentures has to be provided, whether
it is given as adjustment or not. The treatment of interest on debentures is
explained with the help of an example.
Trial Balance (an extract) on 31-03-2015
z
10% Debentures (secured) 1,00,000
IN crest
cr on Debentures paid upto 30(h Sept. 2014 5,000
D-14
Treatment
Balance Sheet
1. Long Term Borrowings 1,00,000
other Current Liabilities 5,000
Profit and Loss Statement
Expenses
Finance Cost 10,000
Notes and Explanations to Accounts
1. Long term Borrowings
10% Debentures (secured) 1,00,000
2. Other Current Liabilities
Interest outstanding on Debentures 5,000
3. Finance Cost
Interest on Debentures paid 5,000 + Outstanding 5,000 10,000
Provision for Taxation
Since the actual amount payable as Income-Tax will be known only when
assessment is made by Income Tax Department the liability for Income Tax has
to be estimated and provided in the books. The treatment for income tax in the
financial statements will be as follows:
Profit before Tax xx
Tax expenses xx
(Taxable Income x Rate) xxx
Profit after Tax
Balance Sheet
Current Liabilities (Main Head)
Short-term provisions (Sub-Head)
Notes and Explanations
Short-Term Provisions
Provision for Taxation.
Advance Payment of Tax:
A company has to pay tax in advance in the previous year itself on its probable
income of the accounting year. The amount of advance tax is computed in
accordance with the Provisions of Income-Tax Act. When advance tax is paid, the
following entry is passed.
Tax paid in Advance A/c Dr.
To Bank
Generally, this item appears in Balance Sheet under, the Main Head 'Current
Assets'. Sub-head 'Short term Loans and Advances'. The details are furnished
in 'notes and explanation to Accounts'.
If the Provision of Taxation and Advance Payment of Tax both appear in the
Problem, then
D-15
a) If Advanced Payment of Tax is more than provision for Taxation, then it

will appear in Bal e Sheet as under:
Main Head Current Assets
Sub-Head Short term Loans and Advances
In Notes and explanation to accounts; advance payment of tax less
provision for taxation
b) If provision for taxation is more than Income tax paid then, it will appear
in Balance Sheet
Main Head Current liabilities
Sub-Head Short-Term Provisions
In Notes and explanation:
Provision for Taxation
Less Advance Payment of Tax
Transfer of Profit to Reserves
According to Sec. 123(1) the Board of Directors may transfer an appropriate
Percentage of Profit to Reserve before declaring dividend. Previously Companies
were required to transfer fixed percentage of Profits to reserve depending upon
the rate of dividend proposed now, this provision has been removed
Divisible Profits
The amount of Profits which is available for distribution to shareholders in
called Divisible Profit. Profit disclosed by Profit and loss Statement in'every case
is not available for distribution as dividend. The availability of Profits for
distribution depends upon a number of factors such as composition of Profit, the
amount of Provisions and appropriation that must he made out of them.
Dividends
Dividend is a distribution of divisible profit of a company among the members
according to the number of sares held by each of them in the capital of the company.
According to Sec 123(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 dividends can be paid
only.
(i) Out of the profits of current financial year.
(ii) Out of undistributed profits of the previous financial year or years. Dividends
can be declared by a company only out of profits or free reserves. Free
Reserves mean such reserves which are not specified for any particular
purpose and are available for distribution as dividends.
(iii) Out of both of the above
(iv) Out of money provided by the Central Government or State Government in
pursuance of the guarantee given by them.
Capital cannot be returned to the shareholders by way of dividend.
Depreciation must be provided to the extent specified in schedule II
Before declaring any dividend, the company must provide for past Losses
and arrears of depreciation relating to previous year (s).
The Board of Directors determines and recommends to the shareholders the
portion of the net profits and rate of dividend to be declared. The rate of dividend
by the board of directors is required to be approved by the company in the general
D- 16
meeting before it can be declared and distributed among the shareholders of the
company. However, the members can neither increase the rate or amount of
dividend recommended by the board of directors.
The rate of the dividend declared must not exceed the average rate of dividend
declared in 3years immediately preceding that year. The term 'Dividend' includes.
`Interim Dividend'. The amount of dividend including Interim Dividend must be
deposited in a separate Bank Account within 5 days of the declaration of the
dividend and the same shall be used for payment of dividend.
When dividend declared by the company has not been paid or claimed within
30 days from the date of declaration by the shareholders the company shall, within
7days from the date of the expiry of the said 30days transfer the total amount of
dividend which in unpaid or unclaimed to a separate account 'Unpaid Dividend
Account' in a scheduled bank. If any amount transferred to the 'Unpaid Dividend
Account remains unclaimed for 7years if must be transferred by the company to
the 'Investor Education and Protection Fund' along with interest.
Interim Dividend and Final Dividend / Proposed Dividend
Dividend declared by board of directors before the preparation of final
accounts is termed as 'Interim Dividend' Interim Dividend is the dividend between
two Annual general Meetings.
The payment of Interim Dividend should be authorized by the Articles of
Association. Interim Dividend is paid of during the year and it will appear in the
Trial Balance on the debit side. When Interim Dividend is paid the following
entry is passed.
Interim Dividend A/c Dr.
To Bank.
The Dividend recommended by the Board of Directors and then approved
by the shareholders in the Annual General Meeting in Called 'Final Dividend' or
'Proposed Dividend. A company cannot declare a further dividend after having
declared a final dividend as its Annual General Meeting.
According revised Schedule -III 'Proposed Dividend' are not to be shown in
Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and loss. It is to be declared separately in
`Notes to accounts'
However AS-4 on 'Contingencies and Events occurring after the Balance Sheet
date' states that There are events which although take place after the Balance
Sheet date, are sometimes reflected in the financial statements because of statutory
requirements or because of their special nature. Such items include the amount of
dividend proposed or declared by the enterprise after the Balance Sheet date but
before approval of the financial statements. Such items should be adjusted". Since
Accounting Standards prevail over the revised Schedule III Provision for Proposed
Dividend should be made in financial statements.
Treatment
No adjustment regarding Proposed Dividends is to be made in Profit and
loss Statement. The Profit for the year is transferred to Balance Sheet. The
adjustment is made under Reserves and Surplus in notes to accounts as under:
D-17
det Profit f e Current year

Less Interim Dividend (if any)
Less Proposed Dividends
In Balance Sheet Only Net amount is shown under reserves and surplus.
In the Balance Sheet Proposed Dividends are again shown under the main
head current liabilities' and sub-head Short-Term provisions. The adjustment is
shown in notes to accounts as under:
Short-term provisions
Proposed Dividends •
Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT)
The Financial Act, 1997 has introduced Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT)
for domestic companies. The Provisions are:
1. It is payable in addition to Income Tax
2. DDT is payable on any amount declared or paid by the company (Interim or
Final)
3. The dividend may be paid out of current profits or accumulated Profits.
4. DDT is to be paid, even if no Income-Tax is payable by the Company.
5. The rate of DDT is decided by the Finance Act. Presently, it is 15% (exclusive
of surcharge of 3 %5 and education cess of 12%). It works out to 17.304%.
6. With effect from 1 ` October 2014 DDT is leviable on gross Dividend and not
on Net Dividend.
7. DDT is liability should be recognized in the accounts of the Financial year in
which dividend concerned is recognized.
Accounting Treatment
Dividends and DDT will appear together in financial statement. In Balance
Sheet Main Head
Current liabilities
Sub-Head: Short term Provisions
In notes and explanations
(i) Surplus as per Profit and loss Statement
less Dividends
Dividend Distribution Tax
(ii) Short-term Provisions
Dividends Proposed
Dividend Distribution Tax
Illustration-1
From the following particulars furnished by Aayush Co. Ltd prepare Profit and
Loss Statement for the year ended 31st March 2015
Sale of Products 10,50,000

Stock on 1-4-2014
Work in Progress 37,000
Finished goods 98,000
Raw Materials 1,25,000
D-18
Purchase of Raw Materials 4,75,000

Salaries and wages 1,40,000
Power and Electricity expenses 25,000
Depreciation 40,000
Interest on Debentures 15,000
Interest received 7,800
Interest Paid on other borrowings 8,500
Dividends received 9,200
Commission on Sales 9,000
Audit fees and expenses 12,000
Profit on sale of Investments 3,000
Provision for Doubtful Debts (to be Provided) 6,300
Managing Directors Remuneration 25,000
Profit on sale of fixed asset 15,000
Income Tax (current) 75,000
Deferred tax 12,000
Stock on 31-3-2015
Raw Materials 60,000
Work-in Progress 35,000
Solution
Aayush Co. Ltd.
Profit and Loss Statement for the year ended 31-3-2015
Particulars Note No Z
I. Revenue from operations 10,50,000
II. Other Income 1 20,000
Ill. Total Revenue 10,70,000
IV Expenses:
Cost of Materials consumed 2 5,40,000
Changes in inventories of finished goods
work-in-Progress and Stock in Trade 55,000
Employee Benefit Expense 1,40,000
Finance Costs 4 23,500
Depreciation 40,000
Other Expenses 77,300
Total Expenses 8,75,800
Profit before exceptional items and tax 1,94,200
Exceptional item (Profit) 15,000
Profit before Tax 2,09,200
Tax Expense:
(1) Current Tax 75,000
(2) Deferred Tax 12,000
87,000
Profit for the period 1.22,200
D-19
Notes and Explanations to Accounts Z

1. Other Income
Interest on Investments 7,800
Profit on sale of Investments 3,000
20,000
2. Cost of Materials Consumed
Opening stock of Raw Materials 1,25,000
Add Purchase of Raw Materials 4,75,000
6,00,000
Less Closing stock of Raw Materials 60,000
5,40,000
3. Changes in inventories of and work-in Progress Stock in trade
Opening Closing
work-in-Progress 37,000 35,000
Finished goods 98,000 45,000
1,35,000 80,000
Change in inventories 55,000
4. Finance Cost
Interest on other borrowings 8,500
23,500
Other Expenses:
Power and Electricity expenses 25,000
Audit fees and expenses 12,000
Commission on sales 9,000
Provision for Doubtful Debts 6,300
Managing Directores Remuneration 25,000
77,300
Note : M.D. remuneration can be shown in employee benefit expenses.
Illustration : 2
From the information given below, furnished by Dube Enterprises Ltd prepare
Profit and loss Statement for the year ended 31" March 2015
Sales 7,50,000
Inventories (1-4-2014)
Raw Materials and Stores 50,000
Work-in-Progress 20,000
Salaries and Wages 30,000
Payment to Auditors 54,000
Interest Income 25,000
D-20
Dividend received 35,000

Loss on sale of Investments 5,000
Interest on Loan taken 5,000
Depreciation 60,000
Managing Director's Remuneration 28,000
Other Information
1. Inventors on 31-3-2015
Raw materials and stores 30,000
2. Provide for doubtful Debts 18,000
3. Provision for Taxation to be made at 50% of Taxable income
4. Payment to auditors includes 9000 for other services.
Solution
Dube Enterprises Ltd
Statement of profit and Loss for the ended 31st March 2015
Z
1. Revenue from operations 7,50,000
2. Other Income 55,000
3. Total Revenue (1+2) 8,05,000
Expenses
(a) Cost of Materials consumed 4,70,000
(b) Changes in inventories of finished goods
work-in-Progress and stock in Trade 18,000
(c) Employee benefit expenses 30,000
(d) Finance cost 5,000
(e) Depreciation 60,000
(f) Other expenses 1,00,000
Profit before Tax 1,22,000
Tax expenses 61,000
Profit after Tax 61,000
Notes and Accounts
1. Other Income
Interest Income 25,000
Dividend received 35,000
Loss on sale of Investments (5,000)
55,000
2. Cost of Materials consumed
Opening Stock of Raw Materials 50,000
Add Purchase of Raw Materials 4,50,000
Less Closing Stock of Raw Materials (30,000)
4,70,000
D-21
3. Change in inventories
Increase in work in Progress (5,000)
Decrease in finished stock 23,000
18,000
4. Other Expenses
Payment to Auditors
Audit fees 45,000
Other Services 9000 54,000
Provision for Doubtful Debts a, 18,000
Managing Directors remuneration 28,000
1,00,000
❑lustration-3
51 Following balance have been extracted from the books of Rajendra Ltd. on
31 March 2015.
Share Capital 10,00,000 Balance of Profit 1,40,000

Securities Premium 1,00,000 and Loss (Debit)
12% Debentures 4,00,000 Plant and Machinery 7,00,000
Creditors 2,00,000 Investments in
Proposed Dividends 50,000 Govt Bonds 4,00,000
Un claimed Dividends 10,000 (Long Term)
Capital Work-in
Trade Receivables 20,000 Progress 4,00,000
Fixed Deposits Accepted Discount on Issue
(Long-Term) 50,000 of Debentures 10,000
Patents 1,40,000
Prepare Balance Sheet of the Rajendra Ltd. , as per Schedue III, Part I of the
Companies Act 2013.
Solution
Balance Sheet of Rajendra Ltd., As at 31" March 2015
Note No. Z
1. Shareholder's Funds
(b) Reserves and Surplus 1 (50,000)
2. Share Application Money
Pending Allotment
3. Non-Current Liabilities
Long-Term Borrowings 2 4,50,000
Trade Payables 2,00,000
Other Current Liabilities 10,000
Short-Term Provisions 50,000
Total 16,60,000
D-22
Assets
1. Non-Current Assets
(a) Fixed Assets
(i) Tangible Assets 7,00,000
(ii) Intangible Assets 1,40,000
(iii) Capital work in-Progress 4,00,000
(b) Non-Current Investments 4,00,000
2. Current Assets
Trade Receivables 20,000
Total 16,60,000
Note to Accounts
Securities Premium 1,00,000
Balance in Profit and Loss (1,40,000)
Discount on Issue of Debentures (10,000) (1,50,000)
(50,000)
2. Longterm Borrowings
Fixed Deposits 50,000
4,50,000
Illustration-4
Prepare Balance Sheet of Spandana Company Ltd. from the details as on 31st
March 2015
Debit 7 Credit
Calls in Arrears 5,000 Share Capital 2,50,000
Furniture 15,390 General Reserve 15,000
Plant and Machinery 68,425 Loan from M.D. 16,000
Closing Stock 91,500 Outstanding:
Sundry Debtors 3,800 Wages 5,200
Cash at Bank 1,39,700 Salary 1,200
Prepaid Insurance 1,680 Rent 600
S. Creditors 4,000
Profit and Loss A/c
(1-4-2014) 12,000
Net Profit 21,495
3,25,495 3,25,495
Additional information:
(i) Proposed Dividend Z 9,000 to be Provided
(ii) Transfer to general Reserve Z 6,000
(iii) Ignore DDT
(B.Com., Osm. Adapeted)
-23
Spandana ompany Ltd

Balance Sheet As t 31st March 2015
Particulars Note
I. Equity and Liabilities
1. Shareholders' Funds
(b) Reserves and Surplus 39,495
3. Current Liabilities •
(a) Short term Borrowings 16,000
(b) Trade Payables 4,000
(c) Other current liabilities 7,000
(d) Short-term provisions 9,000
Total : 3,20,495
II. Assets
(1) Non-Current Assets
Fixed Assets 83,815 "
(2) Current Assets
(a) Inventories 91,500
(b) Trade Receivables 3,800
(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 1,39,700
(d) Short-Term loans and Advances 1,680
Total 3,20,495
Notes and Explanation to Accounts
1. Share Capital
Share Capital 2,50,000
Less calls in Arrears 5,000 2,45,000
Add Transfer 6000 21,000
Opening Balance 12,000
Add Net Profit 21,495
33,495
Less Transfer to gen.Res. (6,000)
Less Proposed Dividend (9,000)
18,495 39,495
3. Short term Borrowings
Loan from Managing Director 16,000
4. Short-term Provisions
Proposed Dividends 9,000
5. Fixed Assets
Furniture 15 390 83,815
D-24
Illustration : 5
From the following particulars furnished by Naresh Co. Ltd prepare the
Balance Sheet as at 31" March 2015 as required by new Schedule III
(Z in 000)
Equity Share Capital in shares of 7100 each 5,000
General Reserve 500
Goodwill 600
Trade Marks 150
Investments in Shares and Debentures
Non-Current 400
Current 300
Loan from State Financial Corporation-long term 350
Share Application money pending Allotment 100
Borrowing for working Capital-short term 600
Inventories on 31-3-2015
Raw Materials 400
Work in Progress 250
Finished goods 350 1,000
Trade Receivables 150
Trade Payables 120
Provision for Taxation 240
Cash at Bank 1,200
Cash Balance 150
Provision for employee retirement Benefit (long term) 140
Profit & Loss Statement (opening Balance) 400
Profit for the current year after Tax 1,400
Adjustments ( in 000)
1) Transfer to general Reserve 100
2) Proposed Dividends 500
Ignore DDT
Naresh Co.Ltd
Balance Sheet as at 31-3-2015
I. Equity and Liabilities Note No (7 in 000)
1. Shareholders Funds
(a) Share Capital 5,000
(b) Reserves and Surplus 1 1,800
(c) Money received against share warrants
2. Share application money pending allotment 100
(a) Long term Borrowings 2 2,490
D-25
.
(b) Deferred Tax Liab ities
(c) Other Long Ter • labilities
(d) Long Term Provisions
4. Current liabilities
(a) Short-term borrowings 600
(b) Trade Payables 120
(c) Other Current liabilities
(d) Short-Term Provisions 3 740
Total 10,850
II. Assets
(a) Fixed Assets
(i) Tangible Assets 4 7,000
(ii) Intangible assets 5 650
(b) Non-Current Investments 400
(c) Long Term Loans and Advances
(d) Other Non-Current Assets
Current Assets
(a) Current Investments 300
(b) Inventories 6 1,000
(c) Trade Receivables 150
(d) Cash and Cash Equivalent 1,350
(e) Short Term Loans and Advances
(f) Other Current Assets
50
Total 10,8
Notes (Tin 000's)
a) General Reserve
Opening Balance 500
Add Transfer 100 600
b) Profit and Loss
Profit Opening Balance 400
Add Profit of the current year
after Tax 1,400
Less 1,800
Transfer to general Reserve 100
Proposed Dividends 500 600 1200
1800
Long Term Borrowings
Loan from State Financial Corporation 350
Provision for employee retirement Benefit 140 2,490
•D-26
Provision for Taxation 240
Proposed Dividends 500 740
4. Fixed Assets (Tangible Assets)
Land and Buildings 5,000 7,000
5. Intangible Assets
Good will 600
Trade Marks 150 750
6. Inventories
Raw Materials 400
Work in Progress 250
Finished goods 350 1,000
Illustration : 6
Following is the Trial Balance of Anand Co.Ltd. Prepare Profit and Loss
Statement for the year ended 31St March 2015 and Balance Sheet as on that date
after making the necessary adjustments
Debit Balances Z Credit Balances
Opening Stock of Share Capital
Raw Materials 35,000 1000 shares of Z 100 each 1,00,000
Purchases 62,400 10% Debentures 25,000
Wages 55,200 Sales 1,85,000
Buildings 86,000 S.Creditors 18,000
Carriage 3,770 Bank overdraft 17000
S.Debtors 25,000 Income form
Plant and Machinery 30,000 Investments 2,300
Investments 23,000 Returns outwards 2,125
Advertisements 3,000
Bad Debts 1,030
Debenture Interest
for half year 1,250
Furniture 6,000
General Expenses 3,775
Salaries 10,000
Insurance 1,000
Cash in hand 3,000
3,49,425 3,49,425
Adjustments
1. Closing Stock was valued at Z 40,000
2. Depreciate Plant and Machinery by 10% and Furniture by 15%
3. Make a Provision for Doubtful Debts at 5%.
4. Provide for Taxation Z 5,800
5. Directors Propose to pay Dividend at 15%
-
D-27
6. Transfer 10,000 to Gener Reserve

.
7. Provide for Corporate D idend Tax at 15% plus 12% Surcharge plus 3%
education cess.
Anand Co.Ltd
Profit and Loss Statement for the year ended 31-3-2015
Particulars
Revenue from operations 1,85,000
Other Income 2,300
Total Revenue 1,87,300
Expenses:
Cost of Materials consumed 55,275
Employee Benefits Expenses 65,200
Finance Cost 2,500
Depreciation 3,900
Other Expenses 13,825
Profit before Tax 46,600
Tax Expenses for Current Year 5,800
Profit for the year 8 40,800
Balance Sheet As at 31 ' March 2015
Particulars
1. Shareholder's Funds
Reserves and Surplus 23,204
2. Non-Current liabilities
Long Term Borrowings 25,000
3. Current liabilities
Short Term Borrowings 17,000
Trade Payables 18,000
Other Current liabilities 1,250
Short Term Provisions 23,396
Total 2,07,850
Assets
Fixed Assets
Tangible Assets 1,18,100
2. Current Assets
Investments 23,000
Inventories 40,000
Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,000
Total 2,07,850
D-28
Notes and Explanations

General reserve 10,000
Profit of the current year 40,800
Less Transfer to gen. Reserve (10,000)
Proposed Dividends (15,000)
" Corporate Dividend Tax (2596)
13,204
23,204
Provision for Taxation 5,800
Proposed Dividends 15,000
Corporate Dividend Tax 2,596 23,396
3. Other Current Liabilities
Interest due on Debentures 1,250
SHORT - ANSWER QUESTIONS
1. From the Following Particulars Pertaining to Jai Co Ltd., Prepare Profit and
Loss Statement for the Year ended 31.3.2015
Z
Cost of Materials consumed 1,20,000
Revenue from operations 3,57,000
Other Income 23,000
Emplyee Benefit Expenses 85,000
Finance Cost 37,000
Depreciation 18,000
Provision for Taxation 50% of Taxable Income
(Ans Profit after Tax r60,000)
2. From the Following Particulars relating to Sohan Co. Ltd., prepare Balance
Sheet of the Company as at 31St March 2015
Share Capital
Tangible Assets 10,60,000
Intangible Assets 3,20,000
Surplus in Profit & Loss Statement 1,30,000
Long terms Borrowings 6,75,000
Inventories on 31.3.2015 2,65,000
Trade payable 1,72,000
Short- Term Borrowings 2,23,000
Non-Current Investments 1,60,000
Current Investments 70,000 '
('ash and Cash Equivalents 25,000
(Total of Balance Sheet F19,35,000)
-29
3. From the Following Particulars ascertain the change in inventories.
Raw Materials Purchased 3,00,000

Work - in - Progress 1.4.2014 20,000
Finished goods 1.4.2014 1,00,000
Raw Materials 1.4.2014 70,000
Finished goods 31.3.2015 75,000
Work in - Progress 31.3.2015 25,000
Raw Materials 31.3.2015 60,000
(Ans : F20,000)
4. Show how the following balance will appear in Balance Sheet after the required
adjustments on 31.3.2015
Z
Equity Share Capital - Paid up 5,00,000
General Reserve 1.4.2014 2,00,000
Surplus Profit & Loss Statement 1.4.2014 1,00,000
Profit for the year 2014-15 after Tax 4,50,000
Adjustments
1. Proposed Dividends 10%
2. Transfer to General Reserve 75,000
3. Corporate Dividend Tax Rate 15% + Surcharge 12%+ Education cess 3%
5. From the following Particulars Prepare Balance Sheet (Liabilities part) Equity
and Liabilities (Pertaining to Balance Sheet) of Pratham Co. Ltd.
Share Capital
Short term Borrowings 15,000
Trade Payables 24,000
Provision for Employees retirement benefits 27,000
Long Term Borrowing from bank 15,000
Capital Reserve 20,000
Share Application money Pending Allotment 7,000
Unpaid Dividends 4,000
Securities Premium Reserve 5,000
Profit & Loss Statement - Profit after Tax 35,000
Interest on Debentures - Outstanding 3,000
(Ans (Total r3,57,000)
6. From the following information pertaining to Ashish Co. Ltd. Prepare Assets
(Part of Balance Sheet) as at 31st March 2015
D-30
Goodwill 17,000
Investments - Non-Current 15,000
Interest Accrued on Investments 3,000
Inventories on 31.3.2015 32,000
Investments - Current 18,000
Buildings Cost 4,50,000 Depreciation written off 30,000 4,20,000
Plant Cost 1,00,000, Depreciation written off 16,000 84,000
Patents 15,000
Trade Receivabies 24,000
Bills Receivable (Trade) 3,000
Furniture Cost 15,000, Depreciation written off 3,000 12,000
Balance with Bank 25,000
Cash on hand 2,000
Vehicle cost 20,000 less depreciation written off 2,000 18,000
Office Equipment 14,000
(Ans : Total of Assets 7,20,000)
PROBLEMS
1. From the following particulars pertaining to Narendra Co. Ltd., for the Year
ending 31" March 2015 prepare profit and loss statement for the year ended
31" March 2015.
Z
Cost of Materials consumed 6,30,000
Establishment Expenses 2,15,000
Repair and Renewals 30,000
Motor Car expenses 25,000
Travelling and Conveyance 32,000
Advertisement 27,000
Printing and Stationery 12,000
Audit fees 15,000
Rates, Taxes and Insurance 9,000
Loss on Sale of Investments 10,000
Depreciation on Assets 24,000
Interest on other borrowings 12,000
Power and Electricity Expenses 17,000
Provision for Taxation (50% of Taxable Income)
(Ans : Profit X3,16,000)
D-31
2. From the following particulars rela g to Eshan Co. Ltd for the year ended
31st March 2013. prepare profit and loss statement for the year ended 31"
March 2013.
Z
Opening Stock of Raw Materials 1,20,000
Closing Stock of Raw Materials 1,30,000
Salaries and wages 75,000
Interest on Loan Taken 15,000
Interest paid on debentures 12,000
Depreciation and amortisation expenses 29,000
Repairs and Renewals 3,000
Travelling and conveyance 4,000
Advertising 9,000
Telephone charges 12,000
Audit Fees 20,000
Rates, Taxes and Insurance 5,000
Motor Car expense 16,000
Manager's remuneration 18,000
Directors Fees 7,000
(Ans. Loss for the year r26,000)
3. From the following information provided by Rohan Co.Ltd prepare Profit
and loss statement for the year ended 31" March 2015.
(T in 000)
Cost of Materials comsumed 186
Sale of Products 457
Salaries & Wages 63
Contribution to Provident fund 12
Interest Income 83
Depreciation 16
Auditor's Remuneration 10
Rent 12
Repairs 8
Insurance 7
Managing Director's Remuneration 12
Dividend Income 24
Interest on loan taken 14
Net gain on sale of Investments 12
Provision for taxation 50% of Taxable Income
(Ans : Surplus F118 thousand)
D-32
4. From the following Particulars furnished by Vidyadhar Company Ltd Prepare

Statement of Profit and loss for the year ended 31" March 2015.
Z
Inventories as on 1.4.2014
Finished goods 1,15,000
Raw Materials & Stores 52,000
Repairs and Renewals 2,500
Motor Car Expenses 13,000
Travelling Expenses 9,000
Telephone Charges 4,300
Interest on Debentures paid for 6 months 5,000
Audit Fees 6,000
Advertisement 9,800
Directors fees 8,700
Managing Directors Remuneration 13,900
Miscellaneous Income 3,500
Fixed Assets (W.D.V) 6,20,000
Additional Information
(1) Inventories on 31.3.2015
Raw Materials & Stores 57,000
Finished Goods 1,22,000
(2) Depreciate Fixed Assets at 10% on W.D.V
(3) Provide for Outstanding Salaries & Wages 15,000. Audit Fees 1,400
(4) Make a Provision for D. Debts at 5% on Trade Receivables
(5) Make Provision for Taxation at Z 2,30,000
(6) Provide for interest on debentures for six months
(Ans. Balance of proit
f
T2,23,400)
5. From the following information pertaining to Srinivas Co. Ltd. for the year
ended 31" March 2015. prepare Balance Sheet of the Company as per Schedule
III, Part I of the Companies Act 2013.
Z
Share Capital Calls in Arrears 10,000
Subscribed and
Called up 4,00,000 Long term Borrowings 5,00,000
Fixed Assets (Tangible) 6,00,000 Trade Receivables 80,000
Share Application money Trade Payables 20,000
33
Pending Allotment 10,000 Inventories 20,000

Reserves and Surplus 90,000 Non-Current-Investments 2,00,000
Cash and Cash
Equivatents 1,20,000 Proposed Dividends 10,000
(Ans : Balance Sheet Total 10,20,000)
6. Fromthe
thefollowing
list of assets and liabilities prepare Balance Sheet of
Subodh Company Ltd., as per Schedule III, Part I of the Companies Act,
2013.
Sundry Creditors 1,40,000 Share Capital

Calls in Arrears 80,000 Subscribed and Called up 8,00,000
Cash in Hand 30,000 Investments in Govt. Bonds 90,000
Cash at Bank 1,20,000 Preliminary Expenses 10,000
Discount on Issue of Shares 5,000 Loans and Advances to Staff 90,000
Goodwill 50,000 Buildings 5,50,000
Interest Payable Plant & Machinery 6,30,000
on Debentures 30,000 Inventory 40,000
10% Debentures 6,00,000 Furniture 20,000
Debtors 1,50,000 Profit Loss
Less Provision 15,000 1,35,000 (Cr. Balance) 75,000
Bills Payable 65,000 General Reserve 1,50,000
Cheques and Drafts
on hand 10,000
(Ans : Balance Sheet Total r17,65,000)
7. The following balances have been extracted from the books of Sunil Company
Ltd. as at 31st March, 2015.
Equity Share Capital Fixed Assets

(Fully paid shares of Tangible Assets at cost 6,60,000
T 100 each) 4,00,000 Inventories 40,000
Cash and Bank Balance 50,000 Creditors 30,000
Bills Receivable 20,000 Accumulated Depreciation 30,000
Provision for Taxation 25,000 General Reserve 1,00,000
5% Debentures 2,00,000 Investments (Long term) 70,000
Unsecured loans from Underwriting Commission 5,000
Subsidiaries 50,000 Interest Accrued and due on
(Long Term) Debentures 10,000
You are required to Prepare Balance Sheet of the Company as prescribed by
Schedule III of Companies Act, 2013.
(Ans : Balance Sheet Total T8,10,000)
8. From the following Particulars of Pravek Co Ltd, prepare Balance Sheet as
prescribed by the Companies Act 2013.
D-34
Z
Profit and Loss (Dr.) Prepaid Expenses 50,000
Balance 2,00,000 Bank overdraft 50,000
12% Debentures 2,00,000 Security Deposit for telephone 5,000
Proposed Dividends 20,000 Bills Payable 75,000
Equity Share Capital Brands 1,10,000
(Shars of 10 each) 5,00,000 Interest Accrued on
Preference Share Investments 12,000
Capital (Shares of Share Applications Money
2100 each) 4,00,000 Pending Allotment 40,000
Stock in trade 88,000 Employees earned leave
Bills Receivable 20,000 Payable on Retirement 45,000
Plant and Computer Software under
Machinery 2,20,000 development 1,20,000
Stores and Spares 10,000 Premium Payable on
12% Tata steel Redemption of Debentures 20,000
Debentures of
100 each,
(Long Term) 2,00,000
Buildings 3,15,000
(Ans : Balance Sheet Total x11,50,000)
9. FromParticulars
the following furnished by Shubham Co.Ltd prepare Balance
Sheet as at 31st March 2015.
Debit Credit
Z
Share Capital (10,000 Equity shares of ?100 each) 10,00,000
Calls in Arrears 1,000
Land 2,00,000
Buildings 3,50,000
Plant and Machinery W.D.V 5,25,000
Furniture W.D.V 50,000
Loan form Bank 1,50,000
Stock :
Finished Goods 1,75,000
Raw Materials 75,000 2,50,000
Provision for taxation 68,000
S. Debtors 2,00,000
Advance (Short - Term) 42,700
Profit after Provision for tax 1,46,700
Cash Balance 30,000
Cash at bank 2,47,000
Loans (unsecured) 1,21,000
S. Creditors 2,00,000
18,95,700 18,95,71
(Ans : Balance Sheet Total T18,94,700
D-35
10. From the f lowing information on provided by Aalok Co. Ltd prepare Balance
Sheet of th Company as at 31" March 2015.
Z
Share Capital :
40,000 Equity Shares of 2100 each fully paid up 40,00,000
Long-term debts (Secured) 10,00,000
Cash and Bank Balances • 2,75,000
Advances (Short Term) 3,72,000
Advance to Staff 55,000
Provision for taxation 1,70,000
Securities Premium 4,75,000
Loose Tools 50,000
Investments - Non- Current 2,25,200
Loss for the year 3,58,000
S. Debtors 12,25,000
Provision for Doubtful Debts 20,200
Stock of Finished Good & Stores 11,50,000
Fixed Assets (W.D.V) 53,50,000
(Ans : Balance Sheet Total 86,82,000)
11. Devi Ltd. Presents the following information after preparation of profit and
loss statement.
Debit Credit
Buildings 2,40,000 Share Capital 2,00,000
Machinery 45,000 General Reserve 34,000
Investments 2,40,000 14% Debentures 3,00,000
Stock 90,000 Creditors 99,000
Loose Tools 25,000 Provision for Tax 76,000
Debtors 1,20,000 Profit and Loss Balance
Bank 30,000 (opening Balance) 25,000
Advance Tax 60,000 Net Profit 1,16,000
8,50,000 8,50,000
Prepare Balance Sheet according to revised schedule III from the above
balances after taking into consideration the following.
I) Transfter Z 12,000 to general reserve
2) The directors recommended a dividend @ 25%
3) Provide corporate divident tax : 15% + 12% surcharge + 3% education cess
B.Com., Osmania Adapted (Ans. Balance Sheet Total T7,90,000)
Hint : Advance Tax Z 60,000 is deducted from provision for taxation Z 76,000
and net amount of Z 16,000 is included in short term provisions.
D-36
12. From the undermentioned Trial Balance of Encore Ltd., prepare Profit and
loss statement for the year ended 31" March 2015 and Balance Sheet
as on 31" March 2015.
z z
Freehold Premises 90,000 Sales 1,35,000
Purchases 75,000 Discount received 1,200
Salaries 3,000 Transfer Fees 150
nt and Machinery 40,000 General Reserve 5,000
htors 22,500 S. Creditors 10,250
5,000 Profit & Loss
1,800 Statement
250 Bal on 1. 4.2014 40,000
0
0 10,500 Share Capital :
OO 12,000 10,000 Equity
I r o, ° —
l
13,000 Shares of Z 10 each 1,00,000
I )(.",)" QP
? 8,000
(Lont,r,l' 0`1, 90
Buildi , 500
\\ ,t,c), e
, 0
9. From the 5")" 41,10 2,91,600
Sheet as LI% 0 4..
.
0 '
cN-
Share Capita 00
Calls in Arrea
Land oQ'
Buildings
Plant and Machii 585 Balance Sheet
Furniture W.D.V Total (1,75,835)
General Reserve ,(N9 e prepare final
Loan form Bank 4" -ch 2015 as
Stock : .7\
s c.Y '
Finished Goods IP
Raw Materials
Provision for taxation
S. Debtors
Advance (Short - Term)
Profit after Provision for 15,000
Cash Balance 500
Cash at bank
Loans (unsecured) 1500
S. Creditors
2,750
1,800
D-37
Debtors 4,750
Bad Debts 150
Cash at Bank 330
56,550 56,550
Adjustments :
(i) Closing Stock of Raw Materials 7,900
(ii) Provide Depreciation on fixed assets at 10% p.a
(iii) Make a Provision of 5% on debtors towards doubtful debts
(iv) Salaries outstanding 300
(B.Com Kakatiya - Adapted)
(Ans : Profit X747, Balance Sheet Total T21,197)
14. The Following is the Trial Balance of Pravek Co, Ltd as at 31.03.2015. prepare
Profit and Loss Statement for the year ended 31St March 2015 and Balance
Sheet as at that date.
Debit Credit
Rent paid 18,000 Share Capital
Advertising 13,000 20,000 Equity Shares of
Buildings 1,00,000 10 each fully paid 2,00,000
Vehicles 1,1.0,000 10% Debentures 2,00,000
Trade Marks 20,000 Securities Premium 20,000
Excise Duty 25,000 Trade Payables 55,000
Opening Stock of
Raw Materials 75,000 General Reserve 1,60,000
Plant and Machinery 2,50,000 Sales 10,75,000
Furniture 50,000 Dividend Income 5,000
Discount 8,000 Share Application
Bad Debts 6,000 money Pending
Commission 7,000 Allotment 10,000
Purchase of Raw
Materials 5,25,000 Bank loan (Secured) 50,000
Interest on Bank Loan 15,000
Contribution to Provident
fund 20,000
Computer Software 80,000
Audit Fees 25,000
Repairs to Buildings 5,000
Goodwill 75,000
Cash at Bank 90,000
Cash on hand 10,000
17,75,000 17,75,000
D-36
12. From the undermentioned Trial Balance of Encore Ltd., prepare Profit and
loss statement for the year ended 31" March 2015 and Balance Sheet
as on 31" March 2015.
z
Freehold Premises 90,000 Sales 1,35,000
Purchases 75,000 Discount received 1,200
Salaries 3,000 Transfer Fees 150
Plant and Machinery 40,000 General Reserve 5,000
S. Debtors 22,500 S. Creditors 10,250
Wages 5,000 Profit & Loss
Rent 1,800 Statement
Bad Debts 250 Bal on 1. 4.2014 40,000
Stock 1.4.2014 10,500 Share Capital :
Income Tax 12,000 10,000 Equity
Dividend 13,000 Shares of Z 10 each 1,00,000
Interim Dividend 8,000
Insurance Premium 90
Cash at Bank 7,500
Cash in Hand 2,960
2,91,600 2,91,600
The following adjustments have to be made :
(a) Depreciate Plant
51 and Machinery at 10%
(b) Stock on 31 March 2015 amounted to 18,000
(c) Provision for D. Debts on S. Debtors at 5%
(d) Transfer 5,000 to General Reserve
(e) Salaries outstanding 2,000
(B.Com., Osm ) (Ans. Profit F39,585 Balance Sheet
Total (1,75,835)
13. From the following Trial Balance and Adjustments given, prepare final
accounts of Kakatiya Industries Ltd., for the year ending 31" March 2015 as
per the provisions of Companies Act.,
Trial Balance
Opening Stock z
of Raw Materials 7,500 Sales 35,000
Purchase of Raw Materials 24,500 Share Capital
Fixed Assets 7,900 (Share of 10 each) 15,000
Cash 1,345 Discount 500
Wages 5,000 Profit and Loss
Discount 700 Balance 31.3.2014 1500
Salaries 2,700 Creditors 2,750
Postage and Office Expenses 775 Reserves 1,800
Dividend (Interim) paid in 2014 900
D-37
Debtors 4,750
Bad Debts 150
Cash at Bank 330
56,550 56,550
Adjustments :
(I) Closing Stock of Raw Materials Z 7,900
(ii) Provide Depreciation on fixed assets at 10% p.a
( Iii) Make a Provision of 5% on debtors towards doubtful debts
(Iv) Salaries outstanding 300
(B.Com Kakatiya - Adapted)
(Ans : Profit '747, Balance Sheet Total r21,197)
14. The Following is the Trial Balance of Pravek Co, Ltd as at 31.03.2015. prepare
Profit and Loss Statement for the year ended 31" March 2015 and Balance
Sheet as at that date.
Debit Z Credit Z
Rent paid 18,000 Share Capital
Advertising 13,000 20,000 Equity Shares of
Buildings 1,00,000 10 each fully paid 2,00,000
Vehicles 1,10,000 10% Debentures 2,00,000
Trade Marks 20,000 Securities Premium 20,000
Excise Duty 25,000 Trade Payables 55,000
Opening Stock of
Raw Materials 75,000 General Reserve 1,60,000
Plant and Machinery 2,50,000 Sales 10,75,000
Furniture 50,000 Dividend Income 5,000
Discount 8,000 Share Application
Bad Debts 6,000 money Pending
Commission 7,000 Allotment 10,000
Purchase of Raw
Materials 5,25,000 Bank loan (Secured) 50,000
Interest on Bank Loan 15,000
Contribution to Provident
fund 20,000
Computer Software 80,000
Audit Fees 25,000
Goodwill 75,000
Cash at Bank 90,000
Cash on hand 10,000
17,75,000 17,75,000
D-38
Adjustments
(1) Closing Stock of Raw Materials 1,00,000
(2) Provide for outstanding wages and Salaries Z 20,000
(3) Make Provision for taxation at 50%
(4) Depreciate :
Plant and Machinery 10%
Furniture 10%
Computer Software 20%
(Ans. Balance of Profit 1,06,000; Balance Sheet Total f9,27,000)
15. The following Trial Balance is extracted from the books of ABC company
Ltd. as at 31' March 2015.
Debit Balances Amount Credit Balance Amount
Z Z
Stock on 1.4.2014 1,00,000 Trade Creditors 1,00,000
Buildings 1,30,000 Equity Capital 2,80,000
(cost 1,50,000) Bank Loan 56,000
Purchases 2,08,000 P & L A/c 20,000
Wages 50,000 Share transfer fees 6,500
Salaries 32,000 Sales 3,57,000
Insurance 14,900 Provisions of Bad
Debenture Interest 3,000 debts 1,500
Machinery General Reserve 15,000
(Depreciation upto 6% Debentures 1,00,000
31 March, 2014 40,000 1,60,000
Goodwill 3000
Investments 86,000
carriage on sales 8,900
Bad debts 1,000
Administrative expenses 14,200
Cash at Bank 5,000
Debtors 1,19,000
Preliminary expenses 1000
9,36,000 9,36,000
Adjustments
a) Closing Stock on 31' March 2015 was valued at 1,20,000 however, its cost
price was 1,25,000.
b) Provide depreciation on Buildings @ 5% on written down value and on
Machinery at 10% on cost.
c) Write off Goodwill and preliminary expenses.
d) Provide for bad debts @ 5% on debtors.
e) Directors recommended :
i) Transfer to general reserve 10% of Net Profit.
D-39
ii) A dividend of 10%.

Ignore Corporation Dividend Tax
You are required to prepare Profit and Loss Statement for the year ended 31'
March 2015 and Balance Sheet as on that date as per the provisions of the revised
shecudle III.
B.Com., Osmania Adapted (Ans. Net Profit 13,550; Balance Sheet Total
x5,87,550)
I6. From the 5following balance prepare Profit and loss Statement for the year
ended 31 ` March 2015 and Balance Sheet as at that date.
Z Z
Purchases of
Raw Materials 5,69,842 Bank Overdraft 18,060
Stock of Raw - Materials Bills Payable 30,900
on 1.4.2014 68,892 Share Capital (25,000
Patents 1,560 Equity Shares of
10 Each) 2,50,000
Freehold Premises 55,026 Unclaimed Dividends 1106
Productive wages 25,090 Provision for Bad Debts 1150
Unproductive Wages 22,060 Sundry Creditors 39,086
Unpaid call Account 200 Returns Outwards 5,500
Cash in hand 725 Sales 5,91,803
Bad Debts 476 Rent from Property 2,260
Interest on Bank overdraft 1,260
Salaries 33,400
Auditors Fees 3,000
Rate and Taxes 7,576
Debtors 45,000
S. Office Expenses 1,052
Profit & Loss Statement
(loss from Previsions year) 7,050
9,39,865 9,39,865
The following adjustment have to be made before closing the accounts.
a) Value of closing stock of Raw materials Z 1,40,200 1
h) Depreciation on Plant and Machinery has to be written off at 7 " %p.a, on
patents at 15% and on Premises at 5% p.a
(.) Provide for Bad and Doubtful Debts at 5 Percent on S. Debtors
(I) Carry forward 500 on account of rates and taxes.
(B.Com., Osm - Adapted) (Ans : Net Loss x13,937, Balance Sheet
Total T3,I7,965)
D-40
Note : According to Provisions of Revised Schedule III Debit balance of

Profit and Loss shall be shown as a negative figure under the head 5'Surplus'.
17. The following is the Trial Balance of A B C Co.Ltd., as at 31 t March 2015.
Prepare Profit and Loss statement and Balance Sheet in the form Prescribed
under the Companies Act.
Debit Credit
Authorized Capital :
50,000 Shares at Z 10 per share 5,00,000
Subscribed Capital :
10,000 shares at Z 10 per share 1,00,000
Land 10,000
Buildings 25,000
Furniture & Fixtures 3,200
Carriage Inwards 2,300
Wages 21,400
Salaries 4,600
Bad Debts Provision on 1.4.2014 1400
Sales 80,000
Sales Returns 1,700
Bank Charges 100
Coal, Gas & Water 700
Rates and Taxes 800
Purchases 50,000
Purchases Returns 3,400
S. Debtors 42,800
S. Creditors 13,200
Stock on 1.4.2014 25,000
Fire Insurance 400
Cash at Bank 13,000
Cash in Hand 2,500
Share Premium 6,000
Genearal Reserve 24,000
1
2,28,000 2,28,000
Charge depreciation on Buildings at the rate of 2 /%, on plant and machinery
at the rate of 10% and Furniture and fixtures at 10%. Make a provision of 5% on S.
Debtors for bad debts. Carry foward fire insurance 120. Provide for the following
outstanding Liabilities : Wages 3,200, Salaries 500, Rent, Rates & Taxes Z 200.
The Value of Stock on 31st March 2015 was Z 30,000.
(B.Com., Delhi - Adapted) (Ans : Net Loss r2,465; Balance Sheet
Total T1,38,235)
D-41
18. The Alfa Manufacturing'Company Ltd., was registered with a nominal tallith'
of 6,00,000 in eq ity shares of 10 each. The following is the list of
balances extracted from its books on 31st March 2015.

Premises 3,00,000
Plant and Machinery 3,30,000
Interim Dividend paid 37,500
Stock on 1.4.2014 75,000
Fixtures 7,200
S. Debtors 87,000
Goodwill 25,000
Cash in Hand 750
Cash at Bank 39,900
Preliminary Expenses 5,000
Wages 84,865
Freight and carriage 13,115
Salaries 14,500
Bad Debts 2,110
Debenture Interest Paid 9,000
Subscribed and fully called up capital 4,00,000
Profit & Loss Statement (Credit Balance) 14,500
S. Creditors 88,000
Sales 4,15,000
Provision for D. Debts 1.4.2014 3,500
Prepare Profit and loss statement and Balance sheet in the proper form after
making the following adjustments. Depreciate plant and Machinery by 10%. Provide
half-years debenture interest due. Maintain the Provision for doubtful debts at 5%
on S. Debtors. Stock on 31' March 2015 was Z 95,000.
(B.Com., Osm, Poona Adapted) (Ans : Profit 61,000;
Balance Sheet Total X8,47,500)
Note : Preliminary Expenses have been deducted from Profit of the current
year under Reserves and Surplus. As per revised schedule III, Preliminary Expenses
cannot be shown as an asset 'under' Miscellaneous Expenditure (to the extent not
adjusted or written off). See Explanation for Preliminary Expenses.
19. Big & Co. Ltd., is a company with an Authorised Capital of Z 5,00,000 divided
into Z 5,000 equity shares of Z 100 each.On 31" March 2015 Z 2,500 shares
were fully called up.
D-42
The following are the balances extracted from the ledger of the Company as
on 31-3-2015
z z
Stock (1-4-2014) 50,000 Advertisement 3,800
Sales 4,25,000 Bonus 10,500
Purchases 3,00,000 Debtors 38,700
Wages (Productive) 70,000 Creditors 35,200
Discount allowed 4,200 Plant and Machinery 80,500
Interest received 3,150 Furniture 17,100
Cash at Bank 1,34,700
Insurance upto 30-6-2015 6,720 Reserve 25,000
Salaries 18,500 Loan from
Rent 6,000 Managing Director 15,700
General Expenses 8,950 Bad Debts 3,200
Profit and Loss A/c 6,220 Calls in arrears 5,000
You are required to prepare Profit and Loss Statement for the year ended 31"
March 2015 and the Balance Sheet as on that date of the company. The following
further information is given:
(1) closing stock Z 91,500. (2) Depreciation is to be charged on Plant and
Furniture at 15 percent and 10 percent respectively. (3) Outstanding liabilities:
wages Z 5,200; salary Z 1,200 and rent Z 600. (4) Dividend at the rate of 5% on
paid-up share capital is to be provided.
(Ans. Profit r 16,275, Balance Sheet Total "3,50,395)
20. The Auto parts Manufacturing Co. Ltd., was registered with an authorised
capital of 210,00,000 divided into shares of Z 10 each, 40,000 shares had
been issued and fully paid.
The following is the Trial Balance extracted on 31' March 2015
Debits Credit
Z
Stock (1-4-2014) 1,86,420
Returns 12,680 9,850
Sundry Manufacturing Expenses 24,150
18% Bank loan (Secured) 50,000
Office Salaries and expenses 17,870
Director's Remuneration 26,250
Freehold premises 1,64,210
Furniture 5,000
Trade Receivable and Payables 1,05,400 62,220
Cash at Bank 96,860
Profit & Loss Balance on 1.4.2014 38,640
Purchases and sales 7,18,210 11,69,900
D-43
Manufacturing Wages 1,09,740

Interest on bank Loan 4,500
Auditors fees 8,600
Preliminary expenses 6,000
Plant and Machinery 1,28,400
Loose tools 12,500
Cash in hand 19,530
Advance payment of tax 84,290
17,30,610 17,30,610
You are required to prepare Profit and Loss statement for the ended 31" March
2015 and Balance Sheet as at that date after taking into consideration the following
adjustments.
i) On 31" March 2015, outstanding manufacturing wages and outstanding office
salaries stood at Z 1,890 and Z 1,200 respectively. On the same date stock was
valued at Z 1,24,840 and loose tools at Z 10,000.
ii) Provide for Interest on Bank loan for 6 months.
iii) Depreciation on plant and machinery is to be provided @15% while on office
furniture it is to be @ 10%.
iv) Write off one- third of balance of Preliminary Expenses.
v) Make a Provision for income-tax @ 50%
vi) The directors recommended a maiden (first) dividend @ 15% for the year
ending 31" March 2015 after a transfer of 5% of net profits to general reserve.
vii) Assume Corporate Dividend tax : 15% + 12% Surcharge + 3% education
cess
(B.Com., lions, Delhi- Adapted) (Ans : Profit (82,160,
Balance Sheet Total T7,22,770)
Note : Preliminary Exprenses written off is taken in profit and loss statement
under 'other expenses'. Alternatively it can be shown as minus item in Reserves
and Surplus. The Balance of preliminary expenses not written off is shown under
other current assets. Alternatively it can be shown as 'minus' item in Reserves and
Surplus.
D-44
PROFIT PRIOR TO INCORPORATION

A newly incorporated company may take over a running business as from
a date which is prior to the date of incorporation. In such cases, the business
unit is purchased first and the registration of
5 the acquiring company takes place
later. Thus, a company incorporated on 1 t April, 1998 may take the business
of a partnership as from 1st January, 1998. If the business is to be purchased
from the date of incorporation, stock taking must be completed and the balances
of various assets and liabilities must be extracted. To avoid all this trouble, the
business is conveniently purchased from the date of last Balance Sheet of the
Vendors.
According to the Companies Act, a company cannot earn profit before it
gets certificate of incorporation i.e. it cannot earn profit before it comes into
existence. The profit earned by a company from the date of taking over of a
business to the date of incorporation cannot be taken as profit earned by the
company. This profit is called 'Profit prior to incorporation'. This profit cannot
be treated as revenue profit by the purchasing company and is not available for
distribution as dividends among the shareholders. This is deemed to be Capital
Profit and should be transferred to Capital Reserve. However, Profit earned after
incorporation is available for distribution of dividend. In short, profit earned
before incorporation is capital profit and profit earned after incorporation is a
revenue profit.
Methods of Computing Profit prior to incorporation
First Method
Under this method, a separate Profit and Loss Account is prepared for the
pre-incorporation period. On the date of incorporation, stock is taken, final
accounts are prepared and the old books of account are closed. This method
of profit determination is no doubt simple and accurate but at the same time
inconvenient and expensive because the business activities have to be suspended
for a few days for stock taking. For this reason, this method is generally not
followed in practice.
Second Method
Under this method, the following steps are involved for ascertaining the
profit or loss prior to incorporation.
1. A Trading Account should be prepared for the whole period (pre-incorporation
and post incorporation combined) to ascertain the Gross Profit.
2. Calculate the following two ratios:
a) Sales Ratio: Calculate the sales for the pre-incorporation and post
incorporation periods, and calculate sales ratio.
b) Time Ratio: This is calculated by considering the period falling
between the last date of the balance sheet and the date of incorporation
and the period between the date of incorporation and the date of present
final accounts. If business is purchased on 1" Jan. 1989 and the
D-45
certificate of incorporation is granted on 1" April 1989 and if final

accounts are being prepared on 31" December, 1989 then the time ratio
is 3:9 or 1:3.
3. Divide the gross profit of the full period into two periods on the basis of sales
ratio. This gives gross profit separately for pre and post incorporation periods.
4. Expenses related to sales e.g. commission on sales, discount allowed, bad
debts, advertising, etc. should be apportioned on the basis of sales ratio of
the two periods.
5. Expenses related to time e.g. rent, rates and taxes, insurance, depreciation,
salaries of general staff should be allocated on the basis of time ratio.
6. Expenses which are exclusively related to pre-or post incorporation period
must be charged entirely to that period's profit. Debenture interest, preliminary
expenses, director's fees are to be charged against post-incorporation profit.
Partner's salaries, interest on partners' capital etc are to be charged against
the profit of the pre-incorporation period.
Calculation of Sales Ratio
Certain expenses such as commission, advertisement etc. are apportioned
between pre and post incorporation period in the sales ratio. Leaving some simple
cases, where turnover is evenly spread over the whole financial period, sales
normally fluctuate from month to month according to the nature of the product.
For example, in case of wollen garments sales for the period from October to
January will be much different from other months. Under such circumstances,
the sales ratio is determined taking into consideration the relationship of monthly
sales with that of total sales. This is explained with the help of an example.
A1Stcompany incorporated on 1st April, 1993 took over a running business
from January, 1993. The Company prepared its first final accounts on 31st
December, 1993. From the following information you are required to calculate
the sales ratio of pre-and post-incorporation periods.
a) Sales from January 1993 to December 1993 6,00,000
b) Sales for the month of January twice the average sales, for the month of
February-equal
th to average sale, sale for four months from May to August
- 1/4 of the average sale of each month, and sales for October and November
three times the average sales.
Solution:
Average Sales per month = 6,00,000/12 = 50,000
Month Sales
January 2 x 50,000 1,00,000
February 1 x 50,000 50,000
May 1/4 x 50,000 12,500
June 1/4 x 50,000 12,500
July 1/4 x 50,000 12,500
August 1/4 x 50,000 12,500
October 3 x 50,000 1,50,000
November 3 x 50,000 1,50,000
Total Sales for above months 5,00,000
D-46
Sales for remaining four months, March, April, September and

December =
Total sales less sales for 8 months = 6,00,000 — 5,00,000 = 1,00,000
Average sales for the above 4 months 1,00,000/4 = 25,000
Sales for pre-incorporation period
January 1,00,000
February 50,000
March 25,000
1,75,000
Sales for post-incorporation period = Z 6,00,000 — 1,75,000 = Z 4,25,000
Sales ratio of pre-incorporation and post-incorporation period
1,75,000 : 4,25,000 = 7 : 17
Calculation of Weighted ratios
It is often seen that total pay bill of certain expenses such as salary, wages
etc does not remain constant throughout the year. If they remain constant then
they can be divided in the time ratio. But the difficulty arises when the number
of employees change with the conversion of firm into a limited company. The
ratio for this purpose is arrived at after considering time and number of wage
earners in the pre-and post-incorporation periods.
Example
From the following particulars, calculate the weighted time ratio for pre-and
post-incorporation periods and divide the total wages accordingly.
i) Date of incorporation : lac April 1998
ii) Period of Financial Accounts : Jan. to Dec. 1998
iii) Total Payment made on account of Wages 80,000
iv) No. of Workers.
Pre-incorporation period : 4
Post-incorporation period : 20
Solution:
Ordinary time ratio 3 : 9 i.e. 1 : 3
Weighted time ratio
1 x 4 : 3 x 20 (i.e. time ratio x No. of workers)
= 4 : 60 = 1 : 15
Pre-incorporation wages 1/16 x 80,000 = Z 5,000
Post-incorporation wages 15/16 x 80,000 = Z 75,000
Illustration :7
The partners of Maitri Agencies decided to convert1st the partnership into a
Private Limited Company MA (P) Ltd. with effect from January, 2011. The
consideration was agreed at 1,17,00,000 based on the firm's Balance Sheet as
at 3V December, 2011. However, due to some procedural difficulties the
company could be incorporated only on 1st April, 2012. Meanwhile, the business
was continued on behalf of the company and the consideration was settled on
D-47
that date with interes 12% p.a. The same books of accounts were continued
by the company which closed its accounts for the first time on 31" March 1993
and prepared the following summarised Profit and Loss Account.
Z
Sales 2,34,00,000
Cost of the Goods sold 1,63,80,000
Salaries 11,70,000
Depreciation 1,80,000
Advertisements 7,02,000
Discount allowed 11,70,000
Managing Director's Remuneration 90,000
Miscellaneous Office Expenses 1,20,000
Office-cum show room rent 7,20,000
Interest 9,51,000
2,14,83,000
Profit 19,17,000
The company's only borrowing was a loan of 50,00,000 at 12% p.a. to
pay the purchase consideration due to the firm and for working capital requirements.
The company was able to double the average monthly sales of the firm, from
1" April 1992 but the salaries trebled from that date. It had to occupy additional
space from 1" July, 1992, rent for which was Z 30,000 per month.
Prepare Profit and Loss Account in columnar form, apportioning costs and
revenue between pre-incorporation and post-incorporation periods. Also suggest,
how the pre-incorporation profits are to be dealt with. (C.A. Inter)
Solution: Working notes
1. Gross Profit = Sales less cost of goods sold
= Z 2,34,00,000 — 1,63,80,000 = 70,20,000
It is apportioned in the ratio of sales which is calculated as follows:
It is given in the problem that the company doubled, the average monthly
sales from 1st April 92 (i.e. from the date of incorporation). Suppose, the
average monthly sales for 3 months ending 31" March '92 are 100, then
the average monthly sales of the remaining 12 months starting from 1" April
'92 will be 100 x 2 = 200. The total sales for 3 months (pre-incorporation
will be 100 x 3 = 300 and sales for 12 months (Post-incorporation) will be
200 x 12 = 2400. Hence the ratio of sales will be 300: 2400 or 1:8. Gross
Profit for pre-incorporation period will be 70,20,000 x 1/9 = 7,80,000
and for post-incorporation period will be 70,20,000 x 8/9 = 62,40,000.
2. Salaries: It is stated in the problem that salary trebled in post incorporation
period. Suppose the monthly salary of pre-incorporation period in 2100,
then the monthly salary of post-incorporation will be three times i.e. 300.
Total salary for 3 months (pre-incorporation period) will be 100 x 3 = 300
and total salary for 12 months (post-incorporation) 300 x 12 = 3600. Ratio
of salary between pre-incorporation and post-incorporation will be 300 :
3600 i.e. 1 : 12.
D-48
3. Time ratio: Period before incorporation 3 months

Period after incorporation 12 months
Time ratio = 1 : 4
Depreciation, Miscellaneous Office expenses have been apportioned in the
time ratio.
4. Rent: Total Rent as per Profit & Loss A/c 7,20,000
Less rent for additional space for 9 months
@ Z 30,000 p.m. 2,70,000
Rent for old premises for 15 months 4,50,000
Rent for pre-incorporation period
3/15 x 4,50,000 = 90,000
Rent for post-incorporation period
12/15 x 4,50,000 = 3,60,000
Add: Rent for additional space 2,70,000 6,30,000
5. Interest: Interest for pre-incorporation period:
Interest for 3 months at 12% p.a. on Z 1,17,00,000 = Z 3,51,000. Total Interest
Z 9,51,000 less interest for pre-incorporation period Z 3,51,000 = Z 6,00,000
is for post-incorporation period.
6. Pre-incorporation loss can be debited to Goodwill Account or Capital
Reserve A/c (if any)
Statement of Profit and Loss of MA (P) Ltd., for 15 months ending
Pre- Post
incorporation incorporation
I Revenue from operations (Sales) 1:8 26,00,000 2,08,00,000
II Other Income
HI Total Revenue (I+II) 26,00,000 2,08,00,000
Iv Expenses
Cost of Goods Sold 1:8 18,20,000 1,45,60,000
Employee Benefit Expenses 90,000 11,70,000
Finance Costs 3,51,000 6,00,000
Depreciation 36,000 1,44,000
Other Expenses 3,22,000 23,90,000
Total Expenses 26,19,000 1,88,64,000
Net Profit / Net Loss -19,000 19,36,000
Notes to Accounts
Other Expenses
Rent 90,000 6,30,000
Advertisemtn 1:8 78,000 6,24,000
Discount 1:8 1,30,000 10,40,000
Mis. Office Expenses 3:12 24,000 96,000
3,22,000 23,90,000
D-49
SHORT-AN WER QUESTIONS

1. The following figures were ex acted from the books of Veera Pvt. Ltd. for
the year ended 31-3-2003, which was formed on 1-4-2002 but was incorporated
on 1-7-2002. Sales and cost of sales during the year amounted to Z 5,58,600
and 4,08,600.
Find out and apportion the gross profit between the pre and post incorporation
periods assuming that gross profit percentage is fixed.
(B.Com. Osm.) (Ans: Gross Profit - Pre-incorporation F37,500;
Post-incorporation F1,12,500)
2. Accounting Period Calendar year 2004
Date of taking over of the business 1-1-2004
Date of Incorporation 1-5-2004
Total Sales during 2004 10,80,000
Sales were as under
January - twice the average sales
February - Equal to average sales
May to August - 1/4 the of the average sales in each month.
September and October - Three times the average sales in each month
Calculate Sales Ratio of Pre-incorporation and Post incorporation.
3. From the following particulars, calculate the weighted time ratio for pre and
post incorporation periods and divide the total wages accordingl.
(i) Date of incorporation : 1" May, 2009
(ii) Period of Financial Accounts : 01-04-09 to 31-03-10
(iii) Total Payment of wages 1,20,000
(iv) No.of Workers :
Pre incorporation period : 04
Post incorporation period : 20
(B.Com., Osm.) (Ans : Pre-incorporation r 2,143,
Post-incorporation r1,17,857)
4. State the basis for division of the following expenses between pre-incorporation
and post-incorporation periods.
(a) Salary to working partners
(b) Rent of the Building
(c) Director's fees
(d) Advertisement expenses
(B.Com., Osm.)
PROBLEMS
1. Fast grow Ltd was incorporated on 1' August 2001 and was entitled to
commence business on 1" September 2001. It has acquired a running business
as from 1" Apirl 2001. The Profit and Loss Account for 2001-2002 was as
under.
D-50
Amount (Z) Amount (Z)

To Salaries 40,000 By Gross Profit 2,00,000
Carriage 15,000
Advertising 20,000
Debenture interest 6,000
Audit Fees 5,000
Depreciation 20,000
Interest toh vendor
(up to 30t June, 2001) 10,000
Net Profit 70,000
2,00,000 2,00,000
Ascertain the profit prior to incorporation. Sales upto 1" August 2001 were
2,00,000 and after 1st August 2001 8,00,000
(B.Com., Kakatiya) (Ans : Loss before incorporation on 'T.333)
Hint : Sales Ratio 1:4, Time Ratio 1:2
2. X Ltd., was incorporated on 1st August 2010 to takeover a running business
from 1St April 2010. The Profit and Loss A/c of the company for the year
ended 31' March 2011 was as under.
Expenditure Amout Income Amount
Z
To Salaries 21,000 By Gross Profit 84,000
" Director's Fees 4,000 " Transfer fees 400
" Rent & Taxes 3,600
" Discount allowed 6,300
" Bad Debts 700
" Audit Fees 500
" Depreciation 1,200
" Interest on Debentures 900
" Interest
th paid to vendor till
30 Nov, 2010 3,200
" Net Profit 43,000
84,400 84,400
3. The promoters of proposed New Wave Ltd. purchased a running business
on 1" January, 1984 from Ultra Modern New Wave Ltd. was incorporated
on 1St May 1984. The combined Profit and Loss Account of the Company
prior to and after the date of incorporation is as under:
Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st December, 1984.
To Rent, insurance and By Gross Profit 1,50,000

salaries 12,000 " Discount received 6,000
Director's sitting fees 3,600
D-51
Carriage Outwards and

selling expenses Z 5,500
Interest paid to vendors 10,000
Profit 1,20,000
1,56,000 1,56,000
Following further information is available:
1. Sales upto 30-4-84 were 3,00,000 out of total sales of 15,00,000 of the
year.
2. Purchases upto 30-4-84 were Rs. 3,00,000 out of total purchases of
9,00,000 of the year.
3. Interest paid to Vendors on 1-11-'84 @12% p.a. on 1,00,000 being purchase
consideration.
From the above information prepare Profit and Loss Account for the year
ended 3 Pt December, 1984 showing the profit earned prior to and after incorporation
and also show the transfer of the same to the appropriate accounts.
(B.Com., Kakatiya) (Ans: Profit Prior to incorporation ?22,900
which is to be transferred to Capital Reserve)
4. Shaktiman Ltd. was incorporated on 1" May, 1995 to take over the business
of Mehra Bros. as a going concern from 1" January, 1995. The Profit and
Loss Account for the year ending 31" December, 1995 is as under:
Z
To Rent and Taxes 15,000 By Gross Profit b/d 1,55,000
Insurance 6,000
Salaries 30,000
Electricity Charges 2,400
Auditors fees 1,800
Office Expenses 7,500
Commission 6,000
Advertisement 4,000
Discount 3,500
Carriage Outwards 3,000
Bank Charges 1,500
Bad Debts 2,000
Interest on Loan 3,000
Net Profit 60,000
1,55,000 1,55,000
The total turnover for the year ending1st3V December, 1995 was 5,00,000
divided into 21,50,000 for the period upto May 1995 and 3,50,000 for the
remaining period.
D-52
Ascertain the Profit earned prior to incorporation and post-incorporation

periods.
(Ans. Profit Pre-incorporation 1' 18,550 Post-incorporation 41,450)
Hint: Sales Ratio 3:7, Time Ratio 1:2. Audit fees is allocated on time basis as
the auditor must have audited the accounts of the full year, alternatively can be
treated as post-incorporation expenditure.
5. Chaitanya Industries Private Ltd. was incorporated on 1-2-1987. It took over
the proprietary business of Chaitanya w.e.f. 11 -1987. The Balance Sheet
of Chaitanya as at 31st December, 1986 is as follows:
Balance Sheet as at 31" December, 1986
Capital 4,31,500 S. Debtors 25,700
Trade Creditors 17,000 Buildings 1,10,000
Loans 11,000 Machinery 3,00,000
Loss 23,800
4,59,500 4,59,500
It was agreed to pay 4,50,000 in equity shares to Chaitanya. The company
decided to close its first year's accounts as at 31" December, 1987. The following
are the further details furnished to you:
Sales 3,00,000
Purchases 1,40,000
Salaries and Wages 40,000
Freight 4,700
Interest Paid 8,000
Stock in trade 22,000
Additions to Buildings 38,000
Depreciation may be provided at 10% on assets including additions. The
Company requests you to prepare:
1) Journal entries for the takeover,
2) Profit and Loss Account showing separately
Pre-incorporation and post-incorporation profits for the year ending 31"
December, 1987.
(Ans: Profit - Pre-incorporation '4,375,
Post-incorporation F48,125. Goodwill I' 42,300)
Hint: In the absence of information Gross Profit and expenses have been
apportioned in the time ratio.
6. A firm which was carrying on business from 1st January 1995 gets itself
incorporated as a company on Pt May, 1995. The first accounts are drawn
upto 30th September, 1995. The Gross Profit for the period is 56,000. The
general expenses are 214,220; directors' fees Z 12,000 p.a., Formation
D-53
expenses 1,500. Rent, upto 30th June is 21,200 p.a., after which it is
increased to 3,000 p.a. Salary of manager, who upon incorporation of the
Company was made a director is 6,000 p.a. His remuneration thereafter
is included in the above figure of fees to directors.
Give Profit and Loss Account showing pre-and post-incorporation profits.
The net sales are Z 8,20,000, the monthly average of which for the first four
months of 1995 is one half of that of the remaining period, the company
earned a uniform profit. Interest and tax may be ignored.
(Ans: Pre-incorporation Profit f 7,280, Post-incmporatioyi X 24,650)
Hint: Ratio of Sales 2:5. Pre-incorporation Gross Profit 216,000; General
expenses 6,320; Rent Z. 400; Manager's Salary 2,000.
7. X Ltd. was incorporated on 1" May 1989 to acquire a business as on Is'
January, 1989. The first accounts were closed on 30' September, 1989.
Z
The Gross Profit for the period was 42,000
Details of other expenses :
Director's remuneration 12,000
Rent upto 30th June, was 6,000 per annum after which it was increased
by 40%.
Salary of the manager, who on formation of the company had become a
whole-time director and whose remuneration has been given above, was agreed,
before incorporation, to be remunerated at 5,100 p.a.
The Company earned a uniform Gross Profit. The sales upto September
1989 were 98,000. The monthly average of sales for the first four months of
the year was one-half of the remaining period.
Show the Profit and Loss Account and indicate how you would deal with
the pre-incorporation results.
(Ans: Profit -Pre-incorporation F 5,100
Post-incorporation F 8,900)
Chaper-5
VALUATION OF GOODWILL & SHARES

VALUATION OF GOODWILL
Definition
Goodwill is an intangible asset but not fictitious. Although it is not tangible
asset like plant and machinery, buildings etc., nevertheless it contributes to the
profit earning capacity of the business. Goodwill is valuable asset if the business
concern is profitable, but if the business is suffering from continuous losses, it is
valueless. There are many definitions of goodwill. According to Lord Macnaghten
"What is goodwill? It is a thing vey easy to describe, but very difficult to define,
It is the benefit and advantage of the good name, reputation and connection of a
business. It is the attractive force which brings in customers. It is one thing which
distinguishes an old established business from a new business at its start". Spicer
and Pegler define it as "goodwill may be said to be that element arising from the
reputation, connection or other advantage possessed by a business which enables
it to earn greater profits than the return normally to be expected in the capital
represented by the net tangible assets employed in the business". According to
Prof. Dicksee 'When a man pays for goodwill, he pays for something which places
him in the position of being able to earn more than he would be able to do by his
own unaided efforts" According to Lord Eldon "goodwill is nothing more than
the probability that the old customers will resort to old place". SSAP-22 Accounting
Standard on Accounting for goodwill definers the term goodwill as follows
"goodwill is the difference between the value of a business as a whole and the
aggregate of the fair values of its separable net assets" Separable net assets are
those assets which can be identified and sold without necessarily disposing off
the business as a whole. A very short and simple definition of goodwill is given
by Economics of Accountancy as "goodwill is the present value of a firm's
anticipated excess earnings".
Features of goodwill
1. Goodwill is incapable of realization separately from business as a whole i.e.
goodwill is realizable only if the business is disposed
2. Value of goodwill has no relationship to any costs which might have been
incurred to build it.
3. The value of goodwill may be positive or negative. It is positive when the
value of business is more than the value of its net separable assets and negative
then the value of business is less than the value of its net separable assets.
4. The value of goodwill fluctuates from time to time due to internal and external
factors.
E-2
5. It is not possible to val separately each of the intangible factors contributing

to goodwill.
6. Assessment of the value of goodwill is highly subjective and differs from
valuer to valuer.
7. Goodwill may be inherent or purchased goodwill. Inherent goodwill is
internally generated. It is not shown in financial statement. It is not included
in purchased consideration and its valuation depends on the subjective
judgment of the valuer. Purchased goodwill arises on acquisition of business.
It is shown in purchase consideration and will appear in financial statements.
According to Accounting Standard 10, only purchased goodwill should be
recognized in the accounts.
Need for valuation of goodwill
The need for valuation of goodwill depends upon the form of business
organization. In case of sole trading concerns it is usually valued at the time of
selling the business. In case of Partnership concerns, the necessity arises in the
following cases (a) When a new partner is admitted. (b) When a partner retires or
dies. (c) When there is a change in profit sharing ratio among the partners. (d)
When the firm sells its business to a company or is amalgamated with another
firm. In case of joint stock company it is valued (i) When two or more companies
amalgamate (ii) When one company takes over another company (iii)When a
company wants to acquire controlling interest in other company and (iv) When
government takes over the business.
Factors affecting the value of goodwill
The main factors affecting the goodwill are :
1. Profits expected to be earned by the concern. Profitability of a concern
depends upon several factors such as nature of business, favourable location
or site, skill of management, possession of trade marks, patents and
copyrights, future competition, Money Market conditions etc.
2. Capital requirement
3. Possibility of transfer of goodwill etc.
Methods of Valuing goodwill
The following are the important methods of valuing goodwill (i)Average
Profit Method (ii) Super Profits Method (iii) Capitalization Method (iv)Annuity
Method.
I. Average Profits Method
Under this method, the value of goodwill is calculated on the basis of average
profits for the past few years, multiplied by the number of years in which anticipated
profits will be available. This method is generally adopted when a partner dies or
retires.
Illustration -1
X, Y and Z are partners sharing profits and losses in the ration of 2:2:1. It was
provided in the partnership agreement that in the event of death or retirement of a
partner, goodwill should be calculated on the basis of three years purchase of the
E-3
average net profits for the preceding five years. Y retires on 3 P' December 2005.
Calculate the amount of goodwill due to Y. Net Profits for the previous five years
were as follows:
2001- T 45,000 2002- T 42,000 2003- 50,000
2004- 7 60,000 2005- T 58,000
Solution
Average Profits for 5 years =
45,000 + 42,000 + 50,000 + 60,000 + 58,000 2,55,000
= = 51,000
5 5
Goodwill = 3 years purchases of average profits
= 3x51,000= 1,53,000
2
Y's Share = x1,03,000 = 61,200
II. Super - Profit Method
Under this method, the future maintainable profits of the concern whose
goodwill is to be purchased is compared with normal profits. If the estimated
future profits are more than the normal profits the difference is known as 'Super
Profit'. This is the measure of extra Profits earned by the firm. Goodwill is
ascertained by multiplying the super profits by the number of years in which the
super profits is expected in future.
While calculating goodwill under this method, the following steps may be
followed.
1. Ascertain Capital Employed and Average Capital Employed.
2. Find the normal profits on the basis of normal rate of return. Normal profit is
calculated generally on average capital employed.
3. Ascertain Future Maintainable Profits of the concern.
4. Calculate super profit by deducting normal profit from future maintainable
profits.
5. Find out goodwill by multiplying super profits by the number of years they
are expected to be earned.
Capital Employed
The yield expected by the investor is closely linked with the capital employed
in the business. Capital employed can be calculated by any of, the two methods
given:
1) Assets side approach
Assets (other than goodwill and fictitious assets
like preliminary expenses and non-trading
assets such as Govt. Securities) xx
Less : Liabilities due to outside parties xx
Capital Employed xx
E-4
2) Liabilities side approach

Share Capital xx
Reserve Fund xx
Profit & Loss A/c (Cr. Balance) xx
Appreciation in the value of assets due to revaluation xx
xx
Less:
Goodwill XX
Preliminary Expenses & other fictitious assets XX
Non-Trading Assets XX
Fall in the value of assets due to revaluation XX
Capital Employed XX
Average Capital Employed
Is is ascertained as follows :
Capital Employed at the end + Capital at the beginning
2
If the capital employed in the beginning of the year is not given, average
capital can be ascertained by deducting half of the profits of the year from the
capital employed at the end of the year.
Normal Rate of Return : It is that rate of earning which investors in general
expect on their investments in a particular type of industry. It differs from industry
to industry.
Normal Profit : It is ascertained as follows
Normal Rate of Return
Normal Profit= x Average Capital Employed
100
Future Maintainable Profits
Goodwill is payment for extra profits expected in future. It is not enough to
have good profits in the past, it is also necessary that extra or super profits should
be available in future. Future maintainable profits is ascertained by adjusting past
profits in the light of changes that are expected to take place in future. It is
ascertained as follows:
Past Average Prpfots xx
Add : Expenses charged to Profit & Loss A/c in the past
but not likely to be incurred in future xx
Add : Expected Profit on new product xx xx
xx
Less : Expenses to be incurred in future
but not charged to profit in the past such as
(i) Salary to partner or additional remuneration
to directors etc XX
E-5
(ii) Depreciation on the increase in the value of

fixed asset. xx
(iii) Increase in tax liability xx
Income from Non-Trading assets xx xx
Future Maintainable Profits xx
While calculating future maintainable profits, it is advisable to average the
profits for the past four or five years.
If the profits are fluctuating and not showing a particular trend, simple average
of profits may be calculate. On the other hand, if the profits are showing upward
or downward trend, then weighted average should be calculated. It is better to
attach more importance to the profits of the last year and least importance to
profit of the first year. Each years profit is assigned a weight. The highest weight
is attached to the profit of the most recent year. The profit is multiplied by the
weight the products are totalled and then divided by the total of weights.
Illustration - 2
The Balance Sheet of Manufacturing Co. Ltd., disclosed the following
financial position as at 31st March, 2005.
r ?
Paid up Capital Goodwill at cost 30,000
30,00 Shares of Z 10 Land & Buildings
each fully paid 3,00,000 (Cost Less Dep.) 1,75,000
Capital reserve 20,000 Plant & Machinery
S. Creditors 71,000 (Cost less depreciation) 90,000
Provision for Taxation 55,000 Stock at Cost 1,15,000
Profit & Loss A/c 66,000 Book Debts 98,000
Less: Provision 3,000 95,000
Cash at Bank 7,000
5,12,000 5,12,000
You are asked to value the goodwill of the manufacturing Co. Ltds.. on the
basis of five years' purchase of super profits, for which purpose the following
information is supplied.
1. Adequate provision has been made in the accounts for income-tax an
depreciation.
2. The rate of income-tax may be taken at 50%.
3. The average rate of dividend declared by the company for the past five year
was 15%
4. The reasonable return on capital invested in the class of business done by th
company is 12%
Solution :
Assets:
Land & Buildings 1,75,0
Plant & Machinery 90,
Stock 1,15,0
E-6
Book Debts 95,000

Cash at Bank 7,000
4,82,000
Less : S. Creditors 71,000
Provision for taxation 55,000 1,26,000
Capital Employed 3,56,000
Current Profit after Taxation 55,000
Reasonable return on capital employed (12% on 3,56,000) 42,720
Super Profit 12,280
Value of Goodwill (12,280 x 5) 61,400
Note
(i) When provision for taxation at 50% of profits is 55,000, the profit would
be 1,10,000 and profit after providing for taxation would be Z 55,000
(ii) 'Goodwill at Cost' is not taken as asset as the net asset or capital employed is
ascertained for the purpose of valuation of Goodwill. However, some authors
take 'Goodwill at Cost' or 'Purchased Goodwill' in the list of assets as it has
been purchased.
Illustration - 3 5
The summaries Balance Sheet of Taj Ltd., as on 31 ` December, 2005.
Liabilities T Assets ?
Share Capital Goodwill 50,000
(in Shares of Z 100 each) Freehold Property 3,75,000
1,500 6% Pre. Shares 1,50,000 Plant & Machinery
6,500 Equity Shares 6,50,00 less Depreciation 3,50,000
Profit & Loss A/c 4,50,000 Stock 3,70,000
5% Debentures 3,00,000 Debtors Net 3,99,250
Sundry Creditors 2,39,250 Bank Balance 2,45,000
17,89,250 17,89,250
Profit after tax for three years 2003, 2004 and 2005 after charging debenture
interest were 2,20,500; 3,22,500 and 2,40,000 respectively. Mr. Neo Rich is
interested in buying all the Equity Shares and requests you to let him know the
proper piece. You get the following information :
1. The normal rate of return is 10% on the Net Assets attributed.
2. Goodwill may be calculated at 3 times adjusted average super profits of the
3 years referred to above.
3. The value of Freehold property is to be ascertained on the basis of 8% return.
The current rental value is 50,400.
4. 10% of profits for 2004 referred to above arose from a transaction of a non-
recurring nature.
5. a provision of 15,750 on sundry debtors was made in 2005 which is no
longer required, profit for the year 2005 is to be adjusted for this item.
6. A claim of 8,250 against the company is to be provided and adjusted against
profit for 2005.
E-7
1
The capital employed may be taken as on 31' December, 2005, Ascertain the
value of goodwill.
Solution :
Net Assets of the company :
Freehold property (50,400 x 100/8) 6,30,000
Plant & Machinery 3,50,000
Stock 3,70,000
Debtors (3,99,250+15,750) 4,15,000
Bank Balance 2,45,000
20,10,000
Less : Liabilities
Outstanding claim 8,250 5,47,500
Net Assets or Capital Employed as on 31-12-2005 14,62,500
Future Maintainable Profit :
2003 2,20,500
2004 3,22,500
Less : non-recurring profit 10% 32,250
2,90,250
2005 2,40,000
Add : Provision on S. Debtors not required 15,750
2,55,750
Less : Claims payable 8,250 2,47,500
Total profits for three years 7,58,250
Average Profit 2,52,750
Calculation of Super Profit
Future Maintainable Profit 2,52,750
Less : Normal Profit (10% on 14,62,500) 1,46,250
Super Profit 1,06,500
Value of goodwill 1,06,500 x 3 3,19,5
Capitalization Method
The total value of the undertaking is ascertained by capitalizing future
maintainable profits at the normal rate of return. From the figure, the amount of
net tangible assets is deducted, the resultant figure is goodwill. It is also calculat
according to the following method.
Goodwill =Super Profit / Normal rate of return X 100
Illustration - 4
The net profits of a company after providing for taxation for the past fiv
years are 1,20,000; 1,50,000; 1,30,000; 1,80,000 and 1,60,000. Th
average capital employed in the business is Z 12,00,000 on which reasonable rat
of return of 10% is expected. It is expected that the company will be able
maintain its super profits for the next five years. Calculate Goodwill (i) On fiv
years purchase of super profits and (ii) Capitalization of super profits method.
E-8
Solution :
Total Profits for five years (T 1,20,000 + 1,50,000
+ 1,30,000+? 1,80,000+ Z 1,60,000) 7,40,000
Average annual profits (7,40,000 5) 1,48,000
Less:10% return on 12,00,000 (Average Capital Employed) 1,20,000
28,000
Super Profit
i) Goodwill on the basis of super Profit Method 28,000 x 5 = Z 1,40,000
ii) Capital Method = Super Profit/Normal rate of return x100
= 28,000/10 x 100 = 2,80,000
1. A, B and C are partners sharing profits and losses in the ration of 2/5, 2/5 and
1/5 respectively. It was provided in the partnership agreement that in the
event of the death or retirement of a partner, goodwill should be calculated
on the basis of three years purchase of the average net profits for the preceding
five years. B retires on 31st December, 2005. Calculate the amount of goodwill
due to B. Net profits for the previous five years were as follows :
2001 32,000; 2002 38,000; 2003 40,000
2004 Z 29,000; 2005 Z 41,000
(Ans : B's Share of goodwill F43,200)
2. Pravek Ltd., agrees to purchase the business carried by Rohan Ltd. Goodwill
for this purpose is agreed to be valued at three years purchase of the Weighted
average profits of the previous five years, the weights to be used are:
1" year - 1, 2 year - 2, 3' - year, 4th year - 4, 5thyear - 5
nd
Profits for the five years are :

First years 30,000; Second year 36,000; Third year 45,000; Fourth year
Z 49,000 and Fifth year 52,000 (Ans : T1,38,600)
3. On the basis of the following, you are required to calculate (i) Capital
Employed and (ii) Average Capital Employed
r ?
Share Capital 3,00,000 Goodwill 25,000
Reserves 1,20,000 Buildings 1,75,000
Porfit of the current year 50,000 Machinery 1,40,000
Depreciation Fund : Current Assets 3,10,000
Machinery 40,000
Buildings 10,000 50,000
S. Creditors 30,000
6,50,000 6,50,000
(Ans : Capital Employe r4,45,000 Average Capital Employed r4,20,000)
E-9
4. On the basis of the following Balance Sheet and subjoined information

ascertain the capital employed in the busines.
Balance Sheet as on 31st December, 1988
T ?
5,000 8% Preference Goodwill 3,72,000
Shares of Z 100 each 5,00,000 Premises at Cost 2,00,000
1,00,000 Equity Share Machinery at Cost 15,00,000
of Z10 each 10,00,000 Vehicle at Cost 20,000
Reserves 3,50,000 Stock 6,15,000
Profit of the current year 5,66,000 S. Debtors 2,00,000
6% Debentures 10,00,000 Investments (for the
Secured Loans 1,00,000 replacement of
S. Creditors 1,50,000 machines) 8,00,000
Provision for taxation 1,50,000 Bank Balance 96,000
38,16,000 38,16,000
The present value of Premises is Z 6,00,000; Machinery Z 12,00,000;
Investments Z 7,50,000. Stock is to be valued at book value, S. Debtors are bad to
the extent of 10% and Vehicle is valued at Z 14,000 (Ans : T20,55,000)
5. From the following particulars compute the value of goodwill on the basis of
3 years purchase of Super profits taking average of last four years.
Capital Invested Z 10,00,000
Market rate of Interest 12%
Rate of Risk Return 4%
Trading Result: 2007 Profit of Z 3,00,000
2008 Profit of Z 3,50,000
2009 Profit of Z 4,00,000
2010 Profit of Z 5,50,000
(B.Com., Osm.) (Ans. T8,40,000)
Hint : Weighted Average of Profits should be taken
6. The following are the profits a business for 3 years - 2006 Z 50,000, 2007
Z 60,000, 2008 Z 70,000. The capital employed was Z 4,00,000 and the
normal rate of return expected in similar business is 10%
Calculate goodwill by two years purchase of average profits method.
(B.Com., Osm.) (Ans. T46,667)
7. For the following calculate the value of goodwill at 3 years purchase of super
profits.
i) Average capital employed is business Z 10,00,000
ii) Net profit for the past three years: 21,35,000, Z 1,60,000, Z 1,40,000
iii) Rate of return expected 10% on capital employed.
iv) Fair remuneration to the organizers ! 20,000 p.a.
(B.Com., Osm.)(Ans. T75,000)
E-10
PROBLEMS
1. Rahul Ltd. proposes to purchase the business carried on by Rupesh Ltd.
goodwill for this purpose is agreed to be valued at three years purchase of
the weighted average profits of the past four years. The appropriate weights
to be used are:
2002 1 2003 2
2004 3 2005 4
The Profits for these years are: 2002 1,00,000; 2003 71,20,900; 2004
1,00,000 and 2005 1,50,000
On scrutiny of the accounts the following matters are revealed:
(a) On 1st September, 2004 a major repair was made in respect of the plant
incurring 30,000 which amount was charged to revenue. The said sum
is agreed to be capitalized for goodwill calculation subject to adjustment
of depreciation of 10% p.a. on reducing balance method.
(b) The Closing Stock for the year 2003 was overvalued by 10,000.
(c) To cover management cost an annual charge of 25,000 should be made
for the purpose of goodwill valuation. Compute the value of goodwill
(Ans : '3,22,620)
2. From the following Balance sheet of Soft look Co. Ltd. as at 31st March,
2010 find out the value of noodwill
Liabilities r Assets ?
Share Capital 4,50,000 Goodwill 25,000
General Reserve 20,000 Land and Buildings 1,00,000
Profit and Loss A/c 25,000 Plant and Machinery 2,50,000
9% Debentures 1,00,000 Stock 1,80,000
Sundry Creditors 30,000 Debtors 50,000
Provision for Taxation 35,000 Investments (of 7 25,000
face value @ 5% 30,000
Cash at bank 10,000
6,60,000 6,60,000
Goodwill should be valude at 5 years purchase of super profits. Average
profit is 7 75,000 for last three years. Fair return on capital employed is 10%.
(B.Com., Osm.) (Ans : 1,56,250)
3. The Balance
of Sriman
SheetCompany Ltd., disclosed the following position
as on 31-3-2010.
Liabilities ' Assets r
Paid up Capital 6,00,00 Land & Buildings 4,10,000
Capital Reserve 1,20,000 Plant & Machinery 1,80,000
Profit and Loss Accounting 52,000 Stock 2,30,000
Sundry Creditors 1,42,000 Sundry Debtors 1,90,000
Provision for Taxation 1,10,000 Cash 14,000
10,24,000 10,24,000
E-11
You are asked to value the goodwill of the company considering the following :
(i) The reasonable rate of return in similar business is 12%
(ii) Rate of Income Tax may be taken at 50%
(iii) Goodwill is to be valued on the basis of three years purchase of super profits
(B.Com., Osm.) (Ans. '71,880)
4. Abhishek runs a chemist shop. His net assets on 31st December, 2005 amount
to 7 22,00,000. After paying a rent of 24,000 a year and salary of 30,000
to the chemist, he earns a profit of 1,80,000. His landlord, who happens to
be an expert chemist, is interested in purchasing the shop. 10% is considered
to be a reasonable return on capital employed. You may assume that the
value of premises as 2,40,000 and the reasonable remuneration for the new
proprietor as chemist 40,000 p.a. Ascertain the amount, if any to be paid
for good will. (Ans : As there are no super profits, there is no goodwill)
5. The Balance Sheet of 'X' Ltd.. as on 31st March. 2005 is as follows:
Liabilities r Assets r
8% 5,000 Preference Shares Goodwill 10,000
of 7 10 each 50,000 Fixed Assets 1,80,000
10,000 Equity Shares Investments
of 7 10 each 1,00,000 (5% Govt. loan) 20,000
Reserves (including Provision Current Assets 1,00,000
for taxation 7 10,000) 1,00,000 Preliminary Expenses 10,000
8% Debentures 50,000 Discount on Debentures 5,000
Creditors 25,000
3,25,000 3,25,000
The average profit of the Company (after deducting interest on debentures
and taxes) is 31,000. The present market value of the machinery included in
fixed assets is 5,000 more.
Expected rate of return is 10%
Evaluate the goodwill of the company at five times of the super profits.
(B.Com. Gujarat)(Ans : 57,000)
6. The following is the Balance Sheet of Mr. Chandy as on 30th September,
2005
Liabilities Assets
Capital 1,64,000 Land and Buildings 36,000
General Reserve 40,000 Plant 54,000
Creditors 38,040 Investments 30,000
Stock 26,850
Bank 75,990
Debtors 19,200
2,42,040 2,42,040
The following were the net profits for the year ended :
th
30th September, 2003 32,280
30th September, 2004 36,870
30 September, 2005 43,350
E-12
The above amounts include income from investments, 1,800 each year.
You are required to value the goodwill of the above business at 2 years purchase
of the average super profits for 3 years, taking into account the fact that the standard
rate of return on capital employed in such type of businesses is 10% assuming
that each year's profit is immediately withdrawn in fully by Mr. Chandy.
(Ans : Goodwill F40,290 on Weighted Average basis)
7. The Balance Sheet of a partnership was as follows :
Liabilities F Assets •
Capital : Goodwill 15,000
A 70,000 Plant 80,000
B 40,000 Furniture 5,000
C 30,000 Stock 50,000
1,40,000 S. Debtors 30,000
S. Creditoers 60,000 Prepaid Expenses 2,000
Bank Balance 18,000
2,00,000 2,00,000
It was proposed to form a company to acquire business. For the purpose of
the acquisition, the assets were revalued as under : Plant 64,000: Furniture
4,500: Stock 45,000: Debtors 28,500; Prepaid expenses nil. It was
ascertained that the profits before charging remuneration to partners for the past
five years had been as follows: 25,000; 30,000; 28,000; 32,000 and
35,000. Included in these profits were nonrecurring items averaging 3,000,
but from the nature of the business such income was found to arise every year and
the promoters agreed that a figure of 1,000 should be allowed as profit from
this source.
Similar business paid a dividend of 8% p.a. on their ordinary shares and the
partners who would be the directors of the company should be paid a remuneration
of A 6,000; B Z 5,000 and C 4,000 p.a.
Ascertain the value of goodwill at 5 years purchase of super profits.
(Ans : F 25,000)
8. From the following calculate the value of goodwill at 3 year purchase of
super profits
(i) Average Capital Employee in business 6,00,000

(ii) Net trading profit of the firm for the past three years
1,07,600; 90,700 and 1,12,500
(iii) Rate of return expected on capital invested 12%
(iv) Fair remuneration to the partners for their services 12,000 p.a.
(v) Sundry Assets of the Firm 7,54,762
Current Liabilities 31,329
(Ans : r 58,800)
9. The following particulars are available in respect of the business carried on
by Mr. Wishehead
E-13
(i) Average Capital Employed Z 50,000

(ii) Trading results :
2002 Profit Z 12,200 2003 Profit Z 15,000
2004 Loss Z 2,000 2005 Profit Z 21,000
(iii) Market rate of interest on investments 8%
(iv) Rate of risk of return on capital invested in business 2% p.a.
(v) remuneration from alternative employment of the proprietor (if
not engaged in business) Z 3,600 p.a.
You are required to Compute the value of goodwill on the basis of 3 years
purchase of super profits of the business calculated on the average profits of the
last four years (B.Com. -Adapted) (Ans : F 8,850)
10. Given below is the Balance Sheet of ABC Co. Ltd., as at 31' December,
2005
Liabilities r Assets r
Share Capital : Goodwill 30,000
20,000 Equity Shares of Land and Buildings 80,000
Z 10 each 2,00,000 Plant and Machinery 50,000
General Reserve 90,000 Investments 1,20,000
Profit & Loss A/c Stock 1,00,000
Bal on 1-1-2005 12,000 Debtors 1,40,000
Profit for the Year 48,000 Less : Provision 20,000
60,000 1,20,000
8% Debentures 1,00,000 Cash at Bank 40,000
Creditors 60,000 Preliminary Expenses 10,000
5,50,000 5,50,000
Profit for the year included Z 6.000 income from investments. Investments
are all in Government Securities. Land and Buildings are worth Z 2,00,000 and
Plant and Machinery Z 40,000. Computer the value of goodwill on the basis of 3
year's purchase of super profit. Normal rate of return on capital employed in this
type of business is 10% (Ans : T42,300)
11. X Co. Ltd., is to be absorbed by Z Co Ltd. In order to determine the purchase
consideration, goodwill was agreed to be taken at three year's purchase of
the average annual super profits, the profits being averaged over 5 years.
The profits of X Company Ltd., for the last five year before charging income-
tax at 50% are respectively Z 3,80,000; Z 3,50,000; Z 5,50,000; Z 4,90,000
and Z 4,30,000 for each of the above five years.
Two of the directors of 'X' Company Ltd., will be appointed to the Board of
Z Company Ltd., at a remuneration of Z 40,000 each per annum. In the past
no charge was made against the profits of 'X' Ltd., for the services of the
directors concerned.
E-14
The average capital invested in the net tangible assets over the period is
211,00,000. The normal return to be expected from the particular type of
business carried on by 'X' Company Ltd., is 10%.
Calculate the goodwill of 'X' Company Ltd., based on the above information.
(Ans : T2,10,000)
12. From the following calculate the value of goodwill at 4 years purchase of
super profit.
A's financial position is as follows:
Sundry Assets 9,27,342
Current Liabilities 52,492
Average net profit of the last four years 1,20,500
Average Capital Employed 9,00,000
Partner's average annual remuneration 18,000
The expected rate of return is 10%
(Ans : Z 50,000)
13. Hamer Ltd., and Grace Ltd., propose to amalgamate, Balance Sheet of Hamer
Ltd., and Grace Ltd., as on 31" December, 2005 :
Liabilities Hamer Grace Assets Hamer Grace
Ltd. Ltd. Ltd. Ltd.
r r r r
Equity Share of Fixed Assets
210 each 5,00,000 2,00,000 Less: Depreciation 4,00,000 1,00,000
General Reserve 2,00,000 20,000
P & L A/c 1,00,000 30,000 Investments
Current Liabilities 1,00,000 50,000 (Face value
Z 1,00,000
6% G.P. notes) 1,00,000 —
Current Assets 4,00,000 2,00,000
9,00,000 3,00,000 9,00,000 9,00,000
Net Profit (after taxation)
Hamer Ltd. Grace Ltd.
2003 1,30,000 45,000

2004 1,25,000 40,000
2005 1,50,000 56,000
Goodwill for the purpose of amalgamation may be taken as 4 year's purchase
of average super profits trading on the basis of 15% normal profit on closing
capital invested. The current assets of Hamer Ltd., are to be taken as Z 4,20,000
and that of Grace Ltd., as Z 2,10,000. Ascertain the value of Goodwill.
(Ans: hamer Ltd. '84,000; Grace Ltd. T32,000)
Hint : Capital employee Hamer Ltd., Z 7,20,000; Grace Ltd., Z .2,60,000;
Super Profit Hamer Ltd., Z 21,000: Grace Ltd., Z 8,000
E-15
14. The Balance Sheet of 'A' Co. Ltd., discloses the financial position as on 31st
December, 2005 as Follows :
Liabilities Assets r
Paid-up Capital Goodwill at Cost 30,000
30,000 Equity Shares of Land and Buildings
r 10 each fully paid 3,00,000 at cost less
Capital Reserve 50,000 depreciation 1,65,000
Sundry Creditors 69,000 Plant & Machinery at
Provision for Taxation 55,000 Cost less depreciation 1,00,000
Profit & Loss A/c 36,000 Stock 1,10,000
Book Debts 1,03,000
Less Provision
for D. Debts 3,000 1,00,000
Cash at Bank 5,000
5,10,000 5,10,000
You are asked to value the goodwill of the Company for which the following
information is given.
(a) The reasonable return on average capital invested in the class of business
done by the Company is 12%
(b) Adequate provision has been made in accounts for income tax, and
depreciation.
(c) The rat of tax may be taken at 50%
(d) The average rate of dividend declared by the Company for past five years
was 15%
(e) Goodwill may be taken at 3 year's purchase of super profit.
(Ans : f46,740)
Hint : Provision of taxation is 50%. Profit after tax will be equal to provision
for taxation i.e. r 55,000. Average capital employed r 3,28,500; Normal profit r
39,420
Note : There is no consistency in taking 'goodwill at cost' in Total Assets. It
is felt that 'goodwill at cost' need not be taken in Total assets, when goodwill is
being valued.
15. A Company desirous of selling its business to another company has earned
an average profit of r 1,60,000 per annum in the past. It is considered that
such average profit fairly represents the profit likely to be earned in future
except that:
(i) Directors fees r15,000 charged against such profits will not be payable
by the purchasing company whose existing board can easily cope up
with the additional administrative work at present fees payable to the
directors.
(ii) Rent at r 25,000 p.a. which had been paid by the vendor company will
not be a charge in the future, since the purchasing company owns its
premises and can supply the accommodation necessary for the staff and
equipment of the vendor company.
E-16
The value of the net tangible assets of the vendor company at the proposed
date of sale was F18,00,000 and it was considered that a reasonable return on
capital invested in this type of industry was 10%
Calculate the value of goodwill by capitalization of expected future net profits.
(Ans : r 2,00,000)
16. Ascertain the value of goodwill according to capitalization method.
Liabilities r Assets F
Shar Capital: 2,500 Goodwill • 30,000
Shares of X100 each 2,50,000 Buildings 1,40,000
Profit & Loss A/c 80,000 Machinery 1,30,000
Sundry Creditors 1,00,000 Stock 1,20,000
Bank Overdraft 70,000 Debtors 80,000
5,00,000 5,00,000
The company commenced operations in 2004. The profits earned before
providing for taxation have been as follows :
2001 ? 65,000 2002 r 60,000 2003 r 70,000
2004 r 80,000 2005 r 1,00,000
You may assume that income tax at the rate of 50% has been payable on
these profits.
The average dividends paid by the company for the four years is 10% which
is taken as reasonable return expected on the capital invested in the business.
(Ans : 75,000)
17. Mr. Wiseman has invested a sum of '2,00,000 in his own business which is
very profitable one. The annual Profit earned from his business is r 45,000
which includes a sum of x10,000 received as compensation of a part of his
business Premises.
As an alternative to his engagements in his business, he could have invested
the money in long term deposit with Bank earning a normal rate of interest of
10% and also could engage himself in a employment there by getting an annual
salary income of r 7,200
Considering 2% as fair compensation for the risk involved in the business.
Calculate the value of goodwill of his business on capitalization of super profit at
the normal rate, Ignore taxation. (Ans : r 38,000)
E-17
VALUATION OF SHARES
People purchase and sell shares for many reasons. Some purchase shares
as investment of surplus money which can be easily converted into cash whenever
the need arises. Some purchase shares as a source of income in the form of
dividends. There is one more category of persons who purchase and sell shares
for speculation purpose. All categories of persons are interested in knowing the
value of shares purchased or sold by them. The term 'value' of shares may mean
its 'Face Value' or "Market Value' or 'Intrinsic Value' or 'Yield Value'. The face
value of a share is the value assigned to it by promoters of the company and this
value is shown in the 'share certificate'. The 'market value' is the value at which
they are bought and sold in the stock exchange. The 'intrinsic value' is based
on the net worth of the company. 'Yield value' of shares of a company is
ascertained on the basis of its prospective yield or income.
Value of Shares in Stock Exchange
Stock exchange is the place where shares are exchanged by the process of
purchase and sale through the brokers. A rough classification of buyers and sellers
at the stock exchange may be made as "(a) informed or analytical investors
(b) informed speculators and (c) the uninformed speculators". It can be stated that
"in a stock exchange numerous people collect - some to deal, some to watch and
some to rig". Consequently, the stock exchange price is partly the outcome of
reasoned investments and partly the effect of speculative motives. The Council
of the London Stock Exchange has stated" we desire to state authoritatively that
stock exchange quotations are not related directly to the value of a company's
assets or to the amount of its profits. The considerations governing share valuation
are varied, intricate and numerous of which some are accounting and others non-
accounting, some are objective, others are subjective".
It may be summarised that stock exchange price is mostly determined by
bull and bear effects rather than fundamental factors like net assets earnings etc.
Stock exchange price is basically determined on the inter-action of demand and
supply and may not reflect a true value of shares.
Need for Valuation
1. In case of public limited companies shares are generally quoted in the stock
exchange. For ordinary transactions prices prevailing in the stock exchange
may be taken as its proper value. When shares are bought and sold in large
lots, the stock exchange value may not be taken as proper value. Shares of
all public companies may not be quoted in the stock exchange. Valuation
of un-quoted shares is also necessary for transferring shares from one person
to another.
2. The shares of private companies are not freely transferable, hence cannot
be dealt in stock exchange. They can be bought and sold subject to some
conditions. Hence, it is necessary to ascertain the value of such shares.
E-18
3. For the purpose of amalgamation and absorption schemes, the price quoted
in the stock exchange cannot be taken as correct value of shares. The price
quoted in stock exchange does not indicate the actual value of company's
assets and profits earned. Hence fresh valuation of shares has to be made.
4. When a company is reconstructed, it is necessary to value the shares for
acquiring the interest of dissenting shareholders.
5. It becomes necessary to value the shares for compensating shareholders, on
the acquisition of their shares, by the government under a .scheme of
nationalisation.
6. When shares of one class are to be converted into shares of another class.
7. For valuation of assets of finance or investment trust companies.
8. For security purposes, when loans are raised on the security of shares.
9. For assessment under Wealth Tax Act.
Factors affecting valuation of shares
The main factors effecting value of share are :
i) Capital employed
(ii) Earning Capacity or Profitability and
(iii) normal rate of return, the yield expected by investors in the industry to which
the firm belongs.
In case of companies going into liquidation the net assets of the company
is the most important factor. In case of going concerns, both earning capacity
and net assets are considered while valuing shares. In case of professional
concerns such as architects and engineering consultants valuation depends wholly
on earning capacity not on the assets owned by the concern.
Methods of Valuation of Shares
The methods of valuation of shares may be broadly classified as follows.
1. Net Assets Basis or Intrinsic Value or Assets Backing Method or Break-up
Value Method.
2. Earning Capacity or Yield Basis or Market Value Method.
3. Dual Method or Fair Value Method.
1. Net Assets Basis
This method emphasizes the safety of the investment. A Prospective investor
will be interested in investing his money in the purchase of shares of a company
which is backed up by sound assets. He will be interested in knowing what
amount is available to the shareholders after the payment of all liabilities. The
following important aspects are to be considered while arriving at the net assets
available to equity 'shareholders.
I. Fixed tangible assets should be revalued at their net realisable value.
2. Intangible assets like patents, trade marks etc should also be valued at their
realisable value. Goodwill may be valued on the basis of super profits in
the absence of any instruction. If purchased goodwill appears in the books
of accounts it should be eliminated and new valuation should be taken into
consideration.
3. Inventories i.e. stock should be taken at current market price.
E-19
4. Investments: Share and securities which are quoted in stock exchange should
be taken at current market price. Such shares which are not traded in stock
exchange may be valued at cost after adjustment of known loss or gain.
5. Sundry Debtors, Bills Receivable etc should be valued at their net expected
realisable value.
6. All fictitious assets such as preliminary expenses, Profit & Loss Account (Dr.
balance) should be eliminated.
7. All unrecorded assets and liabilities are to be taken into account.
8. From the aggregate value of the assets all external liabilities, such as Sundry
Creditors, Bills Payable, Tax, Loans taken, Debentures etc. should be
deducted.
9. Preference share capital along with arrears of Dividends, if any, should be
deducted.
10. The balance left is the amount available to equity shareholders. If it is
divided by the number of equity shares, then resultant figure will be value
of each Equity Share.
The same is explained in the form of Chart.
Goodwill (as ascertained)
Other Assets, including non-trading Assets
at realisable or market value
x
Less External liabilities
(S. Creditors, Bills Payable, Debentures, Tax provisions etc.)
Less Preference Share Capital including Arrears of Dividends

Net Assets (Funds available to Equity Shareholders)
Value of Each Equity Share:
Net Assets available to Equity Shareholders
No. of Equity Shares 111
Partly Paid-up Shares
If there are both fully called and paid up shares and partly called and paid
up Equity shares, then the uncalled amount on partly paid shares should be added
to the total net assets by way of Notional Call and notionally convert all partly
paid shares into Fully paid shares. The total net assets/funds available to Equity
Shareholders should be divided by the total number of both fully paid and partly
paid shares in order to get the value of each fully paid share. The value of each
partly paid share can be ascertained by deducting the uncalled amount from the
value of each fully paid share.
Assets Backing Method is generally applied under the following
circumstances.
1. For formulating schemes of amalgamation.
2. For acquiring majority of the shares and controlling the company.
3. When there is liquidation.
E-20
Calculation of Goodwill according to Super Profits Method

As stated above, while ascertaining the value of shares according to Net
Assets Method, it is necessary to ascertain the value of Goodwill, if it is not given
in the problem the most acceptable method of valuation of goodwill is Super
Profits Method. The steps involved are as follows:
1. Ascertain Capital Employed and Average Capital Employed.
2. Find Normal Profit on the basis of normal rate of return. It can be calculated
on Capital Employed or Average Capital Employed. However it is greferable
to calculate normal profit on average capital employed.
3. Ascertain Future Maintainable profits of the concern.
4. Calculate Super Profit by deducting normal profits from future maintainable
profits.
5. Ascertain goodwill by multiplying super profits by the number of years they
are expected to be earned.
Illustration -1
Balance Sheet of Pravek Ltd. as on 31.12.1998
Liabilities r Assets
Share Capital S. Fixed Assets 2,00,000
20,000 Equity Shares of Non-Trade Investments 1,00,000
10 each fully paid 2,00,000 Stock 1,05,000
10% Debentures 1,00,000 Cash at Bank 50,000
S. Creditors 1,55,000 Preliminary Expenses 5,000
Bills Payable 40,000
5,50,000 5,50,000
Other information
I. For the purpose of valuation, S. Fixed Assets are revalued at 2,70,000;
Stock will realise 95,000; Debtors will realise 80,000.
2. Profit after tax for the last four years:
1995 30,000 1996 45,000
1997 60,000 1998 7 85,000
3. Non-Trade investments earn 15% on an average.
4. Expected increase in expenditure without commensurate increase in selling
price 5,000.
5. Expected R&D Expenses in future 710,000.
6. Normal return 12% (on the basis of closing capital employed)
7. Goodwill may be taken at 3 years purchase of super profits.
Find out the Intrinsic value of an Equity Share.
Ignore Tax
E-21
Solution :
1) Calculation of goodwill
i) Capital Employed
Assets: S. Fixed Assets 2,70,000
Stock 95,000
Debtors 80,000
Cash at Bank 50,000
4,95,000
Less Liabilities:
Debentures 1,00,000
Bills Payable 40,000 2,95,000
Capital Employed 2,00,000
ii) Future Maintainable Profits:
As the Profits are showing increasing trend Weighted average of profits
has been calculated.
Year Profit Weight Product
1995 30,000 1 30,000
1996 45,000 2 90,000
1997 60,000 3 1,80,000
1998 85,000 4 3,40,000
10 6,40,000
Total Products 6,40,000
Weighted average of profits: = 64,000
Total Weight 10
Average profit 64,000
Less i) Income form non-trade Investments 15,000
ii) Increase in expenditure 5,000
iii) R & D Expenses in future 10,000 30,000
Future Maintainable Profit 34,000
iii) Normal Profit
12% on Capital employed
12% on 2,00,000 24,000
iv) Super Profits:
Future Maintainable Profits Less Normal Profits:
34000 — 24000 = 10,000
v) Goodwill =
3 Years' Purchase of Super Profits
= 10,000 x 3 = 30,000'
2) Net Assets available to Equity Shareholders:
Goodwill (as ascertained) 30,000
S. Fixed Assets 2,70,000
(
E-22
Non-Trade Investments 1,00,000

Stock 95,000
Debtors 80,000
Cash at Bank 50,000
6,25,000
Less Outside Liabilities :
Debentures 1,00,000
Bills Payable 40,000" 2,95,000
Amount available to Equity Shareholders = 3,30,000
Amount available to Equity Sharedholders
Value of Each Equity Share =
Number of Equity Shares
3, 30,000
= 16.50
20,000
Yield Basis or Earning Basis or Market Value Method:
Valuation based on rate of Return. The term rate of return here means a
return which a shareholder earns on his investments. It is always expressed in
terms of percentage. The rate of return can be further classified as (a) rate of
dividend (b) rate of Earning
Valuation based on rate of dividends.
This method of valuation of shares is suitable for small blocks of shares
because small shareholders are usually interested in dividends. The value of
shares according to this method is ascertained as follows:
Dividends (in rupees) per share
x 100
OR
(Expected) Rate of Divident
xPaid-up
ofvaluesshares
Normal Rate of Return (or Dividends)
Suppose a Company has issued shares of Z 100 each on which Z. 80 per
share have been paid, the Company declares a dividend of 20% and the normal
rate of return is 10%, then the market value of shares will be.
(i) 16/10 x 100 = Z 160
(ii) 20/10 x 80 = Z160
Valuation based on rate of earnings
This method of valuation is suitable in case of big investors because they
re more interested in company's earnings rather than what the company
distributes in the form of dividends. The value of share will be determined in
I he following manner.
E-23
Expected Rate (of Return)

xPaid-up values of shares
Normal Rate
Expected Profit
Expected Rate of Return. x100
Equity Capital
Value of share based on rate of earnings can also be found out by
capitalisation method.
Expected Profit
Capitalised Value of Profit = x100
Normal Rate
Capitalised Value of Profit
Value of Each Equity Shares = x100
Number of Equity Shares
Under this method company's earning capacity is compared with the normal
rate of profits. Expected Profits or Future maintainable profits should be
ascertained having regard to the following:
1. Ascertain the past average earnings. The number of years to be selected must
be reasonably large enough as to cover generally the length of a business
uI cycle.
2. In case of some companies profits may show a distinct rising or falling trend
from year to year. In such cases, weighted average of profits, giving more
weight to recent years than to the past is appropriate.
3. Eliminate the non-recurring losses and gains.
4. Eliminate income or profits and losses from non-trading assets.
5. Provide adequate depreciation on consistent basis.
6. The past average profits should be adjusted with tax at current rates.
7. Adjustment should be made for any interest remuneration, commission etc
foregone or overcharged by directors and other managerial staff.
8. Adjustment has to be made for any matter suggested by notes appended to
the accounts by the auditors such as provision for bad debt, gratuities, '
inconsistency in the valuation of stock etc.
Illustration - 2
Determine the value of an equity share of each of the Companies A and B '
on Yield Basis based on (i) rate of earnings and (ii) rate of dividend.
Company A Company B
Profit after tax 1,00,000 1,00,000

10% Preference Shares of 100 each 1,00,000 2,00,000
Equity Capital (Shares oft 10 each) 5,00,000 4,00,000
Assume that normal rate of return is 15% and also that the two companiet,
distribute 80% of Profits as dividends.
1
E-24
Solution:
i) Valuation based on rate of Earning:
Company A Company B

Less 10% Dividends to Preference
Shareholders 10,000 20,000
Earnings or Expected Profit available
to Equity Shareholders 90,000 • 80,000
Valuation based on rate of dividend
Expected Profit
Expected Rate of Return = x100
Equity Share Capital
90,000
Company A = x100 = 18%
5,00,000
80,000
Company B = x100 = 20%
4,00,000
Expected Rate of Return
Value of Equity Shares = xPaid-up Value of Shares
18
Company A = x10 = Z12
15
20
Company B = x10 = Z13.33
15
Company A Company B
Profits (after dividends to Pref. shareholders

as calculated above) 90,000 80,000
80% of Profits available for dividend to
Equity Shareholders 72,000 64,000
Profit available for Dividend
Expected Rate of Dividend = x100
Equity. Share Capital
72,000
Company A = x100 = 14.4
5,00,000
64,000
Company B = x100 = 16
4,00,000
E-25

Value of Equity Shares = xPaid-up Value of Shares
14.4
Company A= x10= 9.6
15
16
Company B = x10 = 10.67
15
Dual Method or Fair Value of Share:
It is the simple average of Intrinsic Value and Yield Basis (or Earning Basis)
Illustration - 3
Following is the Balance Sheet of Ganesh Ltd. as on 31.3.1995 was as under:
Liabilities 'Assets
2,000 Equity Shares of Land and Building 1,25,000
100 each 2,00,000 Machinery 75,000
General Reserve 50,000 Investments at cost
Profit and Loss A/c 25,000 (Market Value
Creditors 45,000 37,500) 45,000
Provision for taxation 20,000 Stock 37,500
Provident Fund 17,500 Debtors 50,000
Cash at Bank 25,000
3,57,500 3,57,500
Additional Information
1. Land and Building and Machinery are valued at 71,37,500 and 55,000
respectively.
2. Of the debtors 2,500 are bad
3. Goodwill is to be taken at 25,000.
4. The normal rate of dividend declared by such type of companies is 15% on
its paid-up capital
5. The average rate of dividend, declared and paid by this company is 18% on
its paid-up capital
Calculate the fair value of the Equity Share of the Company.
(B.Com. Gujarat)
Solution:
Value of Equity Share on the basis of Intrinsic Value
Assets z
Goodwill 25,000
Land and Building 1,37,500
Machinery 55,000
Investments at Market Value 37,50()
Stock 37,500
E-26
Debtors 47,500
Cash at Bank 25,000
3,65,000
Less: Liabilities
Creditors 45,000
Provident Fund 17,500 82,500
Net Assets available for Equity Shareholders 2,82,500
Intrinsic Value of each Equity Share
Net Assets available to Equity Shareholders
No.of Equity Shares

2,82,500
= Z141.25
2000
(ii) Value of Shares Accounting to Yield Basis
Rate of Dividend
Fair Value of Equity Share = xPaid-up Value of Shares
Normal Rate of Dividend
= 18/15x 100 = 120
Intrinsic Value+Yield Value
Fair Value of Equity Share =
2
= 141.25 + 120/2 = 130.63
THEORY QUESTIONS
1. What are the objectives of valuation of shares? (B.Com. Kakatiya)
2. Explain the circumstances under which valuation of shares is essential and
discuss the various methods of valuation of shares.
(B.Com. Osm. & Kakatiya)
3. State the Net Assets basis method of valuing shares (B.Com. Osm.)
4. What do you mean by Super Profits? (B.Com. Kakatiya)
5. What factors affect the valuation of shares?
6. Write short notes on:
i) Yield Basic or Earning Basis Method of valuation of shares.
ii) Future Maintainable profits
iii) Dual Method or Fairvalue of shares
E-27
SHORT - ANSWER QUESTIONS

1. The summarised Balance Sheet of Bharat Co. Ltd. as at 31' March 2004 is as
follows:
Liabilities Assets
50,000 Equity shares of Goodwill 80,000
10 each, fully paid 5,00,000 Other Fixed Assets 4,50,000
General Reserve 1,50,000 Current Assets 2,80,000
10% Debentures 1,00,000 Preliminary Expenses 10,000
Current liabilities 70,000
8,20,000 8,20,000
The goodwill is independently valued at 60,000 and other Fixed Assets at
4,30,000. There was a contingent liability of Z 30,000. which has become payable.
Ascertain the value of shares according to Net Assets method. (Ans. '11.4)
2. A Co. Ltd.s Equity Capital Comprises:
10,000 Equity shares of 100 each fully paid
10,000 Equity shares of 100 each 75 paid
The Net Value of the assets is 50 Lakhs. Compute the Intrinsic Value of
Equity Shares. (B.Com. Osm.)
(Ans. Value of fully paid share F262.5, partly paid share r237.50)
3. From the following Balance Sheet of X Ltd find out the value of each share
Share Capital in shares of Fixed Assets 9,00,000
10 each 4,00,000 Investments 80,000
Reserves 5,00,000 Current Assets 1,60,000
Profit & Loss A/c 60,000 Preliminary Expenses 20,000
Current liabilitites 1,00,000
11,60,000 11,60,000
(B.Com. Osm.) (Ans. (23.50)
4. From the following particulars calculate the value of an equity share:
Z
1000 10% Preference shares of 100 each 1,00,000
40,000 Equity shares of Z 10 each, 8 per share paid up 3,20,000
Expected Profit before tax 2,50,000
Rate of tax 40%
Transfer to General Reserve every year 20% of profit
Normal rate of earning 18%
(Ans. f15.28)
5. From the following particulars calculate the value of an Equity Shares
Z
I 0,000 Equity shares of 10 each 1,00,000
Profits for the last three years
t 701 000, t 60,000 and Z 80,000
E-28
It is the practice of the company to transfer 20% of Profit to Reserve. Shares

of similar companies quoted in the stock exchange yield 15% on their market
value. (Ans. r37.33)
6. Ascertain the yield value of shares of Sudesh Ltd.
Average rate of dividend declared by sudesh Ltd. 20%
Normal rate of dividend declared by companies
engaged in similar business 15%
Paid up value of the shares of the Company 10
.(Ans. x13.3)
7. Ascertain Fair Value of Share:
Value on the Basis of Net Assets 125
Value on the Basis of Yield 140
Paid up value of share 100
(Ans. '132.5)
PROBLEMS
1. The following is the Balance Sheet of Raju Co. Ltd., as on December 31,
2004.
5,000 Equity Shares of Goodwill 60,000
2100 each, fully paid 5,00,000 Land & Buildings 2,00,000
1,000 8% Preference Machinery 1,50,000
Shares of ?100 Furniture 30,000
each fully paid 1,00,000 Stock 1,20,000
General Reserve 40,000 S. Debtors 90,000
Profit & Loss Account 20,000 Cash at Bank 60,000
Bank Loan 40,000 Preliminary Expenses 10,000
S. Creditors 20,000
7,20,000 7,20,000
The value of assets is assessed as follows:
Goodwill 70,000; Machinery 1,76,000; Land and Buildings 2,25,000;
Stock in trade 1,30,000. Furniture to be depreciated at 10% and Debtors are
expected to realise 80% of book value. Find out the value of each Equity Share.
(Ans. Intrinsic Value 120)
2. The following is the summarised Balance Sheet of Shivakumar Ltd. as at
December 31, 2004.
Liabilities
10,000 9% Preference
" Assets
Shares of 100 Investments 10,00,000
each, fully paid 10,00,000 Current Assets:
20,000 Equity Shares of Stock in Trade 6,00,000
100 each, S. Debtors
fully paid 20,00,000 less provision 12,00,000
E-29
Reserves and Surplus : Cash d Bank

General Reserve 15,00,000 Bal ces 2,00,000
Profit & Loss A/c 10,00,000
Secured loans:
Current liabilities :
Liabilities for
expenses 1,00,000
70,00,000 70,00,000
For the purpose of valuation of shares, Fixed Assets are to be depreciated
by 10%, Investments are to be revaluated at 11,00,000; Stock at 5,80,000.
Debtors will realise 11,75,000.
Interest on Debentures is outstanding for six months and preference divided
for 2004 is to be paid. Calculate the value of each Equity Share.
(Ans. Intrinsic Value r 201.25)
3. From the following information, find out the value of each share
Balance Sheet of X Company Ltd.
Liabilities Assets
Share Capital: 20,000 Fixed Assets:
Equity Shares of Goodwill 1,90,000
7 10/- each 2,00,000 Investments 3,00,000
Reserves and Surplus: Current assets, loans
Reserves 2,50,000 and Advances:
Profit & Loss A/c 30,000 (a) Current Assets 50,000
Unsecured loans 80,000 (b) Loans & Advances 30,000
Current Liabilities 20,000 Misc. Expenditure 10,000
5,80,000 5,80,000
For the purpose of valuation of shares goodwill shall be taken at two year's
purchase of the average profit of the last five years. The Profits for the last five
years are: 60,000; 70,000; 40,000; 50,000; and 7 50,000.
(B.Com. Bombay, (Ans. 19.40)
4. The Balance Sheet of Piyush Company as on 31st March, 2004 is given
below:
Share Capital: Fixed Assets at Cost 5,00,000
6% Cum. Preference Current Assets 2,60,000
Shares of 7 10 each Preliminary
fully paid 1,00,000 Expenses 35,000
Equity Shares of Discount on
10 each, Debentures 5,000
fully paid 5,00,000
E-30
Debentures Redemption
Fund 15,000
Depreciation Fund 20,000
8,00,000 8,00,000
Current Assets included Investments 60,000, market price of which is
55,000. Debtors included in Current Assets are doubtful to the extent of 8,000.
Stock at the end did not include a return of 3,000, though transaction was
properly recorded and posted. There was a liability of 6,000 which remained
unrecorded in books. Debenture interest is owing for one year and preference
dividends are in arrears for two years. Assuming that the other assets are worth
their book values, calculate the value of each equity share.
(Ans. Intrinsic Value r 9.16)
5. Determine the value of each Equity Share according to Breakup Value
Method as on 31st December, 2004 of X Co. Ltd.
5,000 6% Cumulative Goodwill 10,000
Preference Shares of Fixed Assets at cost
7 10 each 50,000 less depreciation 2,50,000
10,000 Equity Shares of Investments (including
10 each 1,00,000 Provident Fund
Reserves and Surplus: Investments &
Capital Reserve 40,000 partly paid shares) 50,000
Share Premium 10,000 Current Assets:
P&L A/c 1,25,000 1,75,000 Stock 50,000
Secured Loans: Debtors:
5% Debentures 40,000 considered
Current liabilities: good 30,000
S. Creditors 55,000 considered
Provident Fund 20,000 doubtful
not provided
for 10,000
Cash at Bank 30,000 1,20,000
Deferred Revenue
Expenditure 2,000
4,40,000 4,40,000
Note: (i) Preference dividends are in arrears for two years.
(ii) Goodwill is worth its book value and out of doubtful debts 50% are
recoverable.
(iii) There are contingent liabilities for (a) uncalled liability on partly paid
shares - 4,000 (b) For bills discounted likely to be dishonoured
2,000. (Ans. "25.2 per share)
E-31
6. It is provided in the articles of association that at the death of a shareholder

his shares will be purchased by the remaining shareholders at a price to be
settled on the basis of the last balance sheet. It is further provided that
goodwill shall be valued on the basis of three years purchase of the average
annual profits for the last five years. The last Balance Sheet is as follows:
20,000 Equity Goodwill 2,00,000
Shares of Z 10 Investment at Cost
each, 2,00,000 (market value
General Reserve 2,00,000 Z 2,50,000) 3,00,000
Profit & Loss A/c 1,70,000 Stock at Cost 5,00,000
Workmen's Saving Fund 2,00,000 Debtors 4,00,000
Employer's Provident Bank Balance 70,000
Fund 1,00,000
Creditors 6,00,000
14,70,000 14,70,000
The profits for the last five years were Z 15,000; Z 20,000; Z 25,000; Z 30,000
and Z 35,000. You are required to calculate the price to be paid for each share.
(LC.W.A.) (Ans. Intrinsic value "20.25)
7. On December 31, 1992, the Balance Sheet of a Limited Company reveals
the following position.
Liabilities Assets
Issued Capital in Fixed Assets 50,00,000
Z 10 Shares 40,00,000 Goodwill 4,00,000
Reserves 9,00,000 Current Assets 21,00,000
Current Liabilities 14,00,000
75,00,000 75,00,000
On December 31, 1992, the fixed assets were independently valued at
Z 35,00,000 and goodwill at Z 5,00,000. The net profits for three years were:
1990 - Z 5,10,000; 1991 -Z 5,30,000 and 1992 - Z 5,20,000 of which 20% was
placed under reserve; this proportion being considered reasonable in the industry
in which the company is engaged and where fair investment return may be taken
at 10%. Compute the value of the company's shares by (a) Net Assets Method
and (b) Earning Capacity Method. (Ans. (i) '9.25 (ii) '10.4)
8. The following is the balance sheet of Messers. H. Desai & Co. Private Ltd.
as on 31" December, 1988:
liabilities Assets
Capital: Land & Buildings
)0 Shares of at Cost
' Ii 1,00,000 less depreciation 70,000
E-32
General Reserve 50,000 Plant & Machinery

Taxation Reserve 20,000 at Cost
Workmen's Saving A/c 20,000 less depreciation 70,000
Profit and Loss A/c 30,000 Trade Marks 20,000
Sundry Creditors 40,000 Stock 20,000
Debtors 48,000
Cash at Bank 25,000
2,60,000 2,60,000
The Plant and Machinery is worth 60,000 and Land and Buildings are
worth 1,30,000 as valued by an independent valuer. 5,000 of the debtors is
to be taken as bad. The profits of the company were 1986 50,000; 1987 70,000
and 1988 60,000.
It is the practice of the company to transfer 20% of the profits to reserve.
Ignoring taxation find out the value of shares of the company on their net intrinsic
basis as also on yield basis. Shares of similar companies quoted in the stock
exchange yield 12% on their market value. Goodwill of the company may be
taken at 1,00,000.
(B.Com. Kakatiya) (Ans. Intrinsic Value "31.80; Yield Basis x 38.89)
9. On March 31, 2005, the Balance Sheet of a limited company disclosed the
following position:
Liabilities Assets
Issued Capital in 710 Fixed Assets 5,00,000
shares 4,00,000 Current Assets 2,00,000
Reserves 90,000 Goodwill 40,000
Profit & Loss Account 20,000
Current liabilities 1,30,000
7,40,000 7,40,000
On March 31, 2005 the fixed assets were independently valued at 3,50,000
and goodwill at 7 50,000. The net profits for the three years were: 2003 51,600;
2004 52,000; 2005 51,650 of which 20 per cent was placed to reserve, this
proportion being considered reasonable in the industry in which the company is
engaged and where a fair investment return may be taken at 10%. Compute the
vAlue of company's share by (a) Net assets method and (b) the Yield method.
(C.A. Inter) (Ans. Intrinsic Value r 9.25; Yield Value 10.35)
01. Following is the Balance Sheet of Ravi Ltd. as on 31.3.1995
Liabilities l= Assets
ii .ire Capital Fixed Assets :
1111,000 Equity Shares of Machinery 8,00,000
10 each 10,00,000 Factory Shed 3,00,000
r..rrves and Surplus: Vehicles 2,00,000
General Reserve 3,50,000 Furniture 50,000
E-33
Profit & Loss A/c 2,30,000 Current Assets :

Current Liabilities : Stock 4,00,000
Bank Overdraft 5,00,000 Debtors 7,50,000
Creditors 5,00,000 Bank Balance 60,000
Miscellaneous Expenditure
(to the extent not
written oft)
25,80,000 25,80,000
The following additional information is furnished:
(i) Machinery and Factory Shed are worth 30% above their book value.
Depreciation on appreciated value of Machinery and Factory Shed is not to
be considered for valuation of goodwill and share.
(ii) For the purpose of valuation of shares, goodwill is to be considered on the
basis of 4 years purchase of super profits based on average profit (after tax)
of the last 3 years. Profits of the last 3 years (after tax) are as follows:
For the year ended 31.3.1993 2;60,000
31.3.1994 3,50,000
31.3.1995 2,90,000
(iii) In a similar business return on Capital Employed is 15% (after tax)
Find out the value of each Equity share on Net Assets basis.
(C.A. Final - Adapted) (Ans. r 19.56)
Hint: Goodwill 66,000, Capital Employed 18,90,000
11. From the following Balance Sheet of J. Adams Co. Ltd. as on 31st December,
1994 Compute the value of its Equity shares by capitalisation of earnings
method.
Liabilities Assets
Share Capital Fixed Assets at cost,
Equity Shares of less depreciation 6,00,000
7 10 each 5,00,000 Current Assets 5,75,000
Reserves and Surplus 1,50,000 Preliminary Expenses 25,000
10% Debentures (issued
at par on 1.1.1990,
redeemable at par on
or before 31.12.1999) 3,00,000
Current Liabilities 2,50,000
12,00,000 12,00,000
For the years ending 31" Dec.
Particulars 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994
7
9,00,000 11,00,000 14,00,000 8,00,000 16,00,000
3,50,000 5,80,000 6,00,000 3,10,000 8,00,000
E-34
Interest on Loan 20,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 20,000

Interest on
Debentures 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000
Assume the rate of t axation at 50% and normal rate of earnings at 12.5%
(B.Com. Hons. Calcutta-Adapted) (Ans. r45.12)
12. The following is the Balance Sheet of Mahesh Co. Ltd. as on 31.12.1996.
10,000 Equity Shares Fixed Assets 2,00,000
of 10 each Current Assets • 1,30,000
fully paid up 1,00,000 Preliminary Expenses 10,000
10,000 Equity Shares of
Z 10 each, 8
per share called
& paid up 80,000
10,000 Equity Shares
of 10 each,
Z 5 per share
called & paid up 50,000
Reserves 40,000
Profit & Loss A/c 60,000
Creditors 10,000
3,40,000 3,40,000
The normal average profits of the company (after tax) will be maintained
at 46,000 and the normal rate of return is 8%.
Calculate the value of each type of Equity Shares by the Assets Backing
Method (excluding goodwill) and Yield Basis Method.
(Ans. Assets Backing Method r 13, "11, r 8 respectively.
Yield Basis r 25, r 20, r 12.50 respectively)
Hint: Add Notional calls to Assets. Net Assets available to Equity Shareholders
3,90,000.
46,000
Rate of Dividend = x 100 = 20%
2,30,000
13. The following information
51 is obtained from the books of Rising Star
Company as on 31 December, 1998.
20,000 'A' Equity Shares of Z 10 each fully paid up 2,00,000

20,000 'B' Equity Shares of Z 10 each, 7.50 per share
called and paid up 1,50,000
20,000 'C' Equity Shares of 10 each, 5 per
called and paid-up 1,00,000
E-35
Liabilities to Sundry Parties 1,10,000

Fixed Assets less depreciation 3,34,000
Floating Assets 4,66,000
Commission on Issue of Shares 12,000
It is estimated that the normal average profit less tax of the company will
be maintained at Z 72,000 and the expected rate for capitalisation purpose is 8%.
Calculate the values of each type of share by the assets backing method (excluding
goodwill) and also by the earning capacity method. Assume Dividends are
declared on paid-up Capital.
(Ans. Value of each Equity Share according to Assets Backing Method. 'A'
Shares r 14 'B' Shares r 11.50 and 'C' Shares r 9. According to Earning
Capacity Method: 'A' shares r 20, 'B' shares r 15 'C' shares r 10)
14. From the following information, calculate the value of Equity share:-
2,000 10% Preference Shares of 100 each 2,00,000

50,000 Equity shares of Z 0 each, 8 per
share paid up 4,00,000
Expected profits per year before tax 3,00,000
Rate of tax 50%
Transfer to General Reserve every year 20% of Profit
Normal rate of earning 15%
(Ans. 13.33)
15. R. Diwakar holds 5,000 Equity Shares in Hindustan Ltd, the paid up capital
of which is 30,000 Equity Shares of Re. 1 each. It is ascertained that: (a)
the normal annual net profit of the company is 5,000; and (b) the normal
return for the type of business carried out by the Company is 8 per cent.
Shri Diwakar required you to value his shareholdings based upon the above
figures. (Ans. r2.08)
16. From the following information, calculate the value of Equity share:-
(i) The Paid up Share Capital of a Company consisted of 1,000 15%
Preference Shares of 100 each and 20,000 Equity Shares of 10 each.
(ii) The average annual profits of the Company after providing for
depreciation and taxation, amounted to Z 75,000. It is considered
necessary to transfer 10,000 to General Reserve before declaring any
dividend.
(iii) The normal return expected by investors on Equity Shares from the type
of business carried on by the Company is 10%.
(B.Com. Osm.) (Ans. r 25)
17. Compute the values of Equity Shares of each of the Companies A and B
on the basis of the following information.
AI
E-36
Company A Company B

10% Preference Share Capital
(Shares of Z 100 each) 1,00,000 2,00,000
Equity Share Capital
(Shares of Z 10 each) 5,00,000 4,00,000
The normal rate of earnings 15%
(Ans. A Company r 12; B Contpany r 13.33)
18. On the basis of the following information calculate the value of Equity
Shares.
Z
5,000 6% Preference Shares of Z 100 each fully paid 5,00,000
30,000 Equity Shares of Z 10 each fully paid 3,00,000
Total Tangible Assets (other than goodwill) 9,49,000
Total outside liabilities 95,000
Average Net Profits of the Company after
Payment of Income-tax 57,000
Expected normal yield for Equity Shares 7% of Capital employed. Goodwill is
to be taken at 5 year's purchase of super profits, if any.
(B.Com. Calcutta - adapted) (Ans. Intrinsic Value of
Equity Share r 12.17)
Hint: Capital employed by equity holders Z 3,54,000; Goodwill Z 11.100)
19. The Share Capital of XY Ltd. consists of 10,000 Equity Shares of Z 100
each, Z 50 paid and 2,500 8% Cumulative Preference Shares of 2100 each
fully paid.
The Balance Sheet of XY Ltd. shows assets (exclusive of goodwill)
Z 15,00,000; Liabilities Z 4,00,000; Reserves Z 3,50,000 and Paid up Capital
Z 7,50,000. The Profits of XY Ltd for the previous five years were Z 1,00,000;
Z 3,00,000; Z 5,000; Z 2,00,000 and Z 4,45,000.
The assets and liabilities are accepted at Balance Sheet figures and there
are no arrears of dividends on Preference Shares which in similar business yield
a return of 6% under current market conditions. The normal yield on capital
employed in similar business is 10% and goodwill is valued at 5 times the
purchase price of super profit. Assuming taxation at 50% you are asked to value
the Preference Shares and the Equity Shares in XY Ltd.
(B.Com. (Hons) Calcutta - Adapted)
(Ans. Preference Shares r 133.33, Equity Shares F 95.31)
Hint: Valuation of Preference Shares =
Rate of Pref. dividend
x Paid up value of Preference shares
Normal rate of Pref. Dividend
Value of goodwill Z 1,03,125. Profit of the third year, being abnormal, should
not be considered.
E-37
20. The Balance Sheet of Deepak Ltd as on 31.3.1998 was as under:
4,000 Equity Shares of Land and Buildings 2,50,000

100 each 4,00,000 Machinery 1,20,000
General Reserve 50,000 Investments at Cost
Profit and Loss A/c 50,000 (Market Value 60,000) 70,000
Creditors 90,000 Debtors 1,00,000
Provision for Taxation 40,000 Stock 80,000
Cash at Bank 10,000
6,30,000 6,30,000
Additional information
1. Land and Building and Machinery are valued at 2,40,000 and 95,000.
2. Of the total debtors 5000 are bad.
3. Goodwill is to be taken at 50,000.
4. The normal rate of dividend declared by such type of companies is 15% on
the paid-up capital.
5. The average rate of dividend declared and paid by this company is 20% on
its paid-up capital.
Calculate Fair Value of the Equity Shares of the Company.
(Ans. r 129.17)
Hint: (Intrinsic Value 125, Yield Value 133.33)
21. From the details of A Ltd. find out the value of its Equity shares by Fair Value
Method:
(i) Buildings and Investments are now worth 5,25,000 and 6,00,000
respectively.
(ii) Profits for the last three years have shown as increase of 7 75,000, the
prospects for the next year are equally good.
(iii) It practices to transfer 25% of its annual profits to reserves.
(iv) Normal Rate of Return expected is 15%.
(v) Profit for the year ended 2002-03 was 6,45,000 (Before transfer to
Reserve)
Balance Sheet As on 31st March 2003
8% Preference Shares Buildings 1,05,000
(7 100 each) 1,50,000 Investments 5,02,500
6000 Equity shares Current Assets 11,89,500
(7 100 each) 6,00,000 Preliminary Expenses 15,000
Reserves 2,25,000
Bills Payable 72,000
18,12,000 18,12,000
(B.Com. Osm.) (Ans. Fair Value T467.71)
(Hint: Intrinsic value 348.75, yield value 586.67).
B.Com., Second Year - Semester -III
Internal Assessment Objective Type Questions
PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS — I
Multiple Choice Questions
1. In the absence of an agreement profits are divided among the partners in
the ratio of
(a) Capital (b) Equally (c) Time devoted for management (d) None of these
2. In the absence of an agreement interest on partners loan is paid in the ratio
of
(a) 4% (b) 5% (c) 6% (d) 10%
3. In the absence of agreement, partners are not entitled to receive
(a) Salary (b) Commission (c) Interest on capital (d) All the above
4. Partner's current Accounts are opened when capitals are
(a) Fixed (b) Fluctuating (c) Fixed or Fluctuating (d) All the above
5. When dates of withdrawals are not given, Interest on Drawings is charged
for 1
(a) 5 /2 months (b) 6 months (c) 5 Months (d) 12 months
6. Interest on capital is calculated on the
(a) Opening capital (b) Closing Capital
(c) Average Capital (d) Closing Capital less Drawings
7. The Current Account of a partner will always have
(a) Credit balance (b) Debit Balance
(c) No Balance (d) May have debit or credit balance
8. If at the time of admission, profit & loss Account appears in the books, it
will be transferred to
(a) Profit & Loss Adjustment A/c (b) All Partners' Capital Accounts
(c) Old Partners Capital Account (d) Revaluation Account
9. If, at the time of admission, there is some unrecorded liability, it will be:
(a) Debited to Revaluation A/c (b) Credited to Revaluation A/c
(c) Debited to goodwill (d) Credited to Old partners Capital A/c
10. If at the time of admission the Revaluation Account shows profit it should
be credited to
(a Old Partners Capital Account in the old profit ratio
(b) All Partners Capital Accounts in the new Profit sharing ratio
(c) Old Partners Capital Accounts in the new Profit sharing ratio
(d) Old Partners Capital accounts in the sacrificing ratio
11. On the admission of a new partner increase in the value of assets is debited
to:
(a) Profit & LossAdjustment A/c (b) Asset Accounts
(c) Old Partners Capital A/c (d) None of the above
2
12. In the balance sheet prepared after admission of a partner assets and liabilities
are recorded at
(a) Original Values (b) Revalued Values
(c) At Realizable Values (d) At Current costs.
13. If goodwill appears in the Balance Sheet before admission if should be
(a) Written off by debiting partners capital Account
(b) It should be transferred to Revaluation Account
(c) It should be transferred to Reserve Account
(d) Allowed to remain in the books
14. If new partner brings the amount of goodwill in cash, it is transferred to old
partners Capital Accounts in
(a) Sacrificing ratio (b) New ratio (c) Old ratio (d) gaining ratio
15. On the death of a Partner, the deceased Partners Capital Account will the
credited with
(a) His share of goodwill (b) Share of goodwill of remaining Partners
(c) Goodwill of the firm (d) None of these
16. Profit & Loss Appropriation is prepared by
(a) Sole Trading concerns (b) Partnership firm
(c) Both a & b (d) None of the above
17. How would be partners Drawings Account closed
(a) By transfer to Capital or Current Account Debit side
(b) By transfer to Capital Account credit side
(c) By transfer to current Account Credit Side (d) either 'b' or 'c'
18. X,Y&Z are partners in a firm. Profit of the firm Z 6000. Interest on loan of
Z 80,000 from Y was not provided. Y Claims interest on loan at 24% P.a.
There was no agreement on this point. The amount payable to X,Y and Z
respectively will be
(a) Z 2000 to each partner
(b) X and Z will bear loss of Z 4400 each and Y will get 214800
(c) X will get Z 400, Y in total Z 5200 and Z Z 400
19. Profit of last five years are Z 85000; Z 90000, Z 70000, Z 1,00,000 and
Z 80000 Goodwill on the basis of 3 Years purchase of average profits will be
(a) Z 85000 (b) Z 2,55,000 (c) Z 2,75,000 (d) Z 2,85,000
20. Trading results for last fourthyears 1" year loss Z 5000, 2rld year loss Z 10,000
3" year profit Z 75,000, 4 Year Profit Z 60,000 value of goodwill on the
basis of 5 year purchase of average profit of the business will be
(a) Z 1,25,000 (b) Z 1,50,000 (c) Z 10,000 (d) Z 1,20,000
Fill in the Blanks
1. Partners Current Account are prepared, when capital Accounts are ..............
2. In the absence of any agreement, regarding Profit sharing ratio the profit or
loss should be shared ..................
3. In the absence of an agreement, partners are ......... entitled to receive salary.
3
4. A and B are partners sharing Profit in the ration of 3:2 C is admitted with
1/5 th share in the profits. Future profit sharing ration will be ....................
5. A and B are partners sharing profits in the ration of 5:3. C is admitted as a
partner and new profit sharing ratio among A, B and C is 8:5:3. The sacrificing
ratio is ............
6. A , B and C are partners sharing profits in the ratio of 6:5:3 D is admitted
with 1/8th share. Their future profit sharing ratio will be ..................
7. A and B are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 2:1 They admit
C and new ratio agreed up on is 8:4:3 The sacrificing ratio will be
8. A and B3are partners
h sharing profits & losses in the ratio of 5:3 They admitted
C with / 10t share of profit. New profit sharing will be
9. A, B and C share Profit & losses in the ratio of 5:3:2 A retires and B and C
decide to share future Profits in the ratio of 2:1 gaining ration will be ...........
10. X, Y and Z share Profits & losses in the ration of 4:3:2 Y retires, X and Z
decide to share future Profits in the ration of 5:3. Gaining ratio will be
11. A, B and C are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3:2. They
agreed to calculate deecased Partners share of profit till his death on the
basis of last three years profits C died on 30th April 2014. The Profits for the
years 2011, 2012 and 2013 are 20,000, 25,000 and 27,000. C share of
profit will be ...........................
12. The Profits of a firm for the year ended 31st December for last five years
were as follows. 1s` year Z 20,000, 2❑d year 30,000, 3rd Year 40,000, 4th
year 50,000 and 5th year 55,000. Goodwill is to be valued on the basis of
three years purchase of weighted average 5 profits after weight 1,2,3,4 & 5h
are given respectively to profits of 1 ` year, 2nd year, 3th year, 4th year & 5t
year the goodwill of the firm is ..............
Short Answer Questions
1. Define Partnership & give three important features
2. Explain Partnership deed
3. Explain fixed and fluctuating capital Accounts
4. What is goodwill?
5. What is sacrificing ratio
6. What is gaining ratio?
7. Explain the difference between sacrificing ratio & gaining ratio
8. Revaluation of Assets & Liabilities
Answers: Multiple Choice Questions:
(1) b (2) c (3) d (4) a (5) b
(6) a (7) d (8) c (9) a (10) a
(11) b (12) b (13) a (14) a (15) a
(16) b (17) a (18) c (19) b (20) b
4
Fill in the Blanks

(1) Fixed (2) Equally (3) Not
(4) 12:8:5 (5) 2:1 (6) 6:5:3:2
(7) 2:1 (8) 35:21:24 (9) 11:4
(10) 13:11 (11) 21600 (12) 21,35,000
PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS — II
Multiple Choice Questions:-
1. Realisation Account is a
(a) Personal Account (b) Real Account
(c) Nominal Account (d) None of this
2. On dissolution all assets are transferred to Realization Account at their
(a) Book Value (b) Market Value
(c) Realised Value (d) Market or Cost Price which is ever is less
3. Provision for bad debts appearing in the books at the time of dissolution of
firm in transferred to
(a) Debtors Account (b) Bad Debts Account
(c) Realisation Account (d) Partners Capital Accounts
4. On dissolution, goodwill Account is transferred to
(a) Revaluation Account (b) Realisation Account
(c) Partners Capital Accounts (d) Profit & Loss Account
5. On dissolution of a firm, bank overdraft is transferred to
(a) Cash Account (b) Bank Account
(c) Realisation Account (d) Partners Capital Account
6) On dissolution of a firm, Partners loan Account is transferred to
(a) Cash Account (b) Realistion Account
(c) Partners Capital Account (d) None of the above
7. Unrecorded assets when taken over by a partner are shown on
(a) Debit of Realisation Account (b) Debit of Bank Account
(c) Credit of Realistion Account (d) Credit of Bank Account
8. Unrecorded liabilities when paid are shown in
(a) Debit side of Realisation Account (b) Debit side of Bank Account
(c) Credit side of Realization Account (d) Credit side of Liabilities Account
9. The accumulated Profit and reserves are transferred to
(a) Realisation Account (b) Partners Capital Accounts
(c) Bank Account (d) None of the Above
10. On dissolution of firm, partners Capital Accounts are closed through
(a) Realisation Account (b) Drawings Account
(c) Bank Account (d Loan Account
11. On dissolution of a firm, profit or loss on realization will be shared by partners
(a) Equally (b) Profit sharing ratio (c) Capital Ratio (d) None of the above
12. According to decision in Garner Vs Murry loss arising due to insolvency of
partner is the be borne by solvent partners in
(a) Profit sharing ratio (b) Capital Ratio (c) Equally (d) None of the above
5
Fill in the Blanks

1. In case of dissolution of partnership business in ...................
2. In case of dissolution of firm business is ...........................
3. In case of dissolution, a new account called ................. is prepared.
4. If creditors are 7 20,000, Total of Capital Accounts 7 80,000 Cash 7 15,000
The book value of other Sundry Assets is
5. If the liabilities of firm are S creditors 7 45000 loan from A 7. 20,000, A
capital 7 15,000 B Capital 7 10000 Book Value of Assets is .......................
6. Assets are transferred to ............... side of Realisation A/c
7. Liabilities to third partners are transferred to ............. side of Realisation
A/c
8. Provision for D Debts is transferred to .............. side of realization A/c
9. For sale of unrecorded assets ............... Account is debited and ........
Account is credited
10. For payment of unrecorded liabilities ................. Account is debited and
.......... Account is credited
11. For liabilities agreed to be discharged by a partner on behalf of firm
Account is debited ........... Account is credited
12. For assets taken over by a partner ............... Account is debited and ...........
Account is credited
13. According Garner Vs Murray case decision, solvent partner have to bear
loan due to in solvency in proportion of ................ Accounts
14. If Capital Accounts are fixed, the solvent partners will bear the loan due to
in solvency in proportion of .........................
15. If Capital Accounts are Fluctuating ..................... should be transferred to
capital Accounts to determine Capital ratio for bearing loss due to insolvency
of partners
Short Answers — Questions
1. What is dissolution of firm?
2. Explain the circumstances under which a firm can be dissolved?
3. Realisation Account
4. Treatment of unrecorded assets & liabilities
5. Treatment of Realisation expenses.
6. Treatment of Accumulated profits, losses & Reserves
7. What is meant by insolvency of partner?
8. Garner Vs Murray
9. In solvency loss to be borne by partners when capital A,, ,u, I 1., ,i
10. In solvency loss to the borne by Partners when Ik
Fluctuating
6
Answers- Multiple Choice Questions

(1) c (2) a (3) c (4) b (5) c
(6) a (7) c (8) a (9) b (10) c
(11) b (12) b
Fill in the Blanks
(1) Not dissolved (2) Dissolved
(3) Realisation Account (4) 85,000 (5) 90,000
(6) Debit side (7) Credit side (8) Credit side
(9) Cash or Bank Account, Realisation Account
(10) Realisation Account, Bank Account
(11) Realisation Account, Partner's Capital
(12) Partner's Capital Account Realisation Account
(13) Capital Accounts (14) Fixed Capitals
(15) Undistributed Profits, Reserves, losses
COMPANY ACCOUNTS
Issue of Shares, Debentures Underwriting and Bonus Shares
Multiple Choice Questions:
1) A Company is formed
(a) By Special Act. of Parliament (b) Under Companies Act.
(c) General Agreement among potential investors (d) None of the above
2) Shareholders are
(a) Creditors (b) Customers (c) Owners (d) Partners
3) The liability of Equity shareholders is
(a) Unlimited (b) Limited upto
(c) guarantee given by them (d) None of the above
4) Authorized Capital is
(a) That part of Capital which is issued by the company
(b) The amount of capital which is actually applied by prospective
shareholders
(c) Maximum amount of capital which it is authorized to issue
(d) Amount actually paid by shareholders
5) Public limited companies should have a minimum paid up capital of
(a) 5 Lakhs (b) 10 Lakhs (c) 20 lakhs (d) 50 Lakhs
6) Private Limited Companies should have a minimum paid up capital of
(a) 5 Lakhs (b) 1 Lakhs (c) 10 Lakhs (d) 40 Lakhs
7. In case of Private Companies:
(a) Shares can be transferred without restrictions
(b) There is restriction on transfer of shares
(c) Can transfer 200 shares without consent of other shareholders
(d) Can transfer 500 shares with the consent of other shareholders
7
8. Securities Premium Account can be used for

(a) Paying Tax Liability (b) Paying dividend on shares
(c) Allowing discount on reissue of forfeited shares
(d) To write off preliminary expenses
9. After the reissue of forfeited shares, balance of forfeited shares account is
transferred to
(a) Capital Reserve A/c (b) Share Capital
(c) General Reserve (d) Profit & loss A/c •
10. Preference shares have priority over equity shares for
(a) Payment of Dividend and repayment of Capital
(b) Voting in annual general meeting
(c) Subscribe for new issue of shares and debentures
(d) Interest on money invested in company
11. Shareholders get:
(a) Interest (b) Dividend (c) Bonus (d) Commission
12. Debenture holders have right to receive... even if there is no profit
(a) Interest (b) Commission (c) Dividend (d) Bonus
13. Debenture holders are ............. of company
(a) Owners (b) Customers (c) Creditors (d) Partners
14. Dividends are usually paid as a percentage of
(a Authorized Capital (b) Net Profit (c) Paid up capital (d)Called up Capital
15. Debentures can be issued only
(a) at par (b) at discount (c) Premium (d) any of the above
Fill in the Blanks
1. Govt. company means ......................
2. Foreign company means. .......
3. In case of a private company the maximum number of members is ................
4. In case of Private Company there is restriction on ................
5. A Private Company is prohibited from ........................
6. In case of public company there is ............. on the number on members
7. 'Listed Company' means a company ..........................
8. 'One Person Company' means ..........................
9. According to Sec 53 of the companies Act. 2013 a Company cannot issue
shares at ....................
10. In case of cumulative preference shares the shareholders have the right to
11. According to Sec. 55 no company can issue ...... Shares or preference

shares redeemable after 20 years from the date of issue
12. According to Table 'F' interest at the rate of ......... is to be charged on calls
in Arrears
13. According to Table 'F' interest at a rate not exceeding ...................... Is to
be paid on calls in advance
8
14. A company cannot allot shares unless .............. stated in the prospectus is
received
15. When shares are issued to Promoters for services rendered by them .. .... Is
debited and share capital is credited
16. Premium received on debentures issued at premium and redeemable at par
in credited to ..............
17. The rate of underwriting commission on shares must not exceed .................
% of the issue price of shares or rate authorized by articles whichever is less
18. The rate of underwriting commission in case of debentures must not exceed
................. % of the issue price of debentures
19. Applications received from a Particular Underwriter with stamp of
underwriter are called ..............
20. Applications received directly from company without stamp of underwriters
are called .................
Short Answer Questions
1. Define company & give three characteristic features of company
2. What are preference shares, how does it differ from equity shares
3. What are different kinds of preference shares
4. Define 'Debentures' what are the different kinds of debentures
5. Minimum subscription
6. Debentures issued as Collateral Security
7. Issue of shares for consideration other than cash
8. Forfeitur and reissue of Forfeited shares
9. Calls in Arrears and calls in Advance
10. Public and private companies
Answers- Multiple Choice Questions
(1) b (2) c (3) b (4) c (5)
(6) b (7) b (8) d (9) a (10) a
(11) b (12) a (13 c (14) c (15) d
Fill in the Blanks
1. Any company in which not less than 51% of the shares are held by central
or state govt. or partly by both
2. Any company incorporated outside India and has a place of business in
India
3. 200 4. transfer of shares
5. Inviting public to subscribe for securities of the company
6. No limit 7.Which has its securities listed in any recognized stock exchange
8. Which has only one person as a member
9. Discount 10. Receive arrears 11. Non Redeemable Preference Shares
I 2. 10% p.a. 13. 12% p.a. 14. Minimum subscription
iodwill
,
Account 16. Securities Premium Account
I / 31 18, 2.5% 19. Marked Applications 20. Unmarked Applications
9
COMPANY FINAL ACCOUNTS

AND PROFIT PRIOR TO INCORPORATION

1. Under companies Act. 2013, financial statement of companies can be
prepared in
(a) Horizontal form (b) Vertical Form
(c) Any form at the discretion of Company
2. Under Companies Act. 2013, the following income statemenr is prepared
(a) Trading and Profit & loss Account
(b) Profit and loss and Profit & loss Appropriation A/c
(c) Statements of profit and loss (d) revenue account
3. Profit prior to incorporation arises when
(a) A Company is dissolved and new Company is formed
(b) A new company is formed is place of Partnership firm
(c) When there is an amalgamation of companies
(d) Running business is taken over by promoters of company at date prior
to date of incorporation
4. Profit before incorporation is of
(a) Capital Nature (b) Revenue Nature
(c) Both Capital and Revenue Nature (d) None of the above
5. Profit prior to incorporation is
(a) Credited to capital reserve (b) Debited to goodwill
(c) Profit and loss statement (d) General Reserve
Fill in the Blanks:
1. Under companies Act 2013 Financial statements should give ......... view
of state of affairs of the company
2. Financial statements should be presented according to ...................... Of
companies Act.
3. All assets are classified as ...................
4. Share Application money pending Allotment is shown as a separate item
under ................
5. Share Application money received by the company which is to be refunded
is shown under major Head ..................... and sub Head ....................
6. Credit Balance of profit loss statement is shown under major Head .......
And sub-head ............
7. Debit balance of profit & loss statement is shown under major Head .......
and sub-Head .................. as a .......
8. Bank overdraft is shown in balance sheet under Major Head .......... and
Sub-Head ..............
9. Cheques, drafts on hand and cash balance are shown under major Head
............ and Sub Head ...........
10
10. Prepaid expenses, interest Accrued on investments are shown under Major
Head .......... and Sub Head ...................
11. Provision for Doubtful Debts is shown under Major Head ................ and
Sub-Head Trade Receivable as deduction
12. Provision for taxation, Proposed dividends, Dividend Distribution tax are
shown under Major Head ............... And Sub-Head ....................
13. Goodwill, Trade Marks, Computers and patents are shown under Major Head
............ Sub-Head ...................
14. Calls-Arrears are shown under Major Head .................. and Sub Head
.............. as deduction
15. Forfeited shares Account is shown under Major Head ..................... and
under ........... Capital by way of addition
16. Calls in advance is shown under Major Head ................ and Sub-Head
17. Gross Profit is apportioned between Pre- incorporation and post incorporation
period the basis of ......................
18. Selling & Distribution expenses, Carriage outwards , Travelling Expenses
are apportioned on the basis of ................
19. Salaries, Office Expenses, Printing & Stationery etc., are apportioned in the
ratio of .............
20. Expenses which are exclusively related to pre-incorporation period, such as
Interest or vendors loan, salary paid to partners should be charged to .........
Period
21. Expenses exclusively related to post — acquisition period should be charged
to .............
Answers-Multiple Choice Questions
(1) b (2) c (3) d (4) a (5) a
Fill in the Blanks
1. True and Fair View 2. Schedule III
3. Non-Current and Current 4. Equity and liabilities
5. Current Liabilities and other Current Liabilities
6. Shareholders Funds and Reserves and Surplus
7. Share Holders Fund and Reserves and Surplus as negative figure
8. Current Liabilities and other Current Liabilities
9. Current Assets and Cash and Cash Equivalents
10. Current Assets and Other Current Assets
11. Current Assets and Trade Receivables by way of deduction
12. Current liabilities and short term provisions
13. Non-Current Assets, Fixed Assets Intangible Assets
14. Shareholders Fund and under subscribed Capital as deduction
15. Shareholders fund and under Subscribed Capital by way addition
16. Current liabilities and other current liabilities
17. Turn over or time 18) Turn over 19) Time Ratio
20. Pre-Incorporation period (21) Post-Incorporation Period
11
VALUATION OF GOODWILL AND SHARES

1. Goodwill is
(a) Intangible Asset (b) Tangible Asset
(c) Fictitious Asset (d) None of the above
2. Goodwill is shown in Company's is Balance sheet under the head
(a) Investments (b) Miscellaneous Expenditure
(c) Current Assets (d) Non-Current Assets — Fed Assets
3. The value of goodwill according to simple profit method is
(a) The product of current year profit and number of years
(b) The Product of last year profit and number of years
(c) The product of average profits of the given years and number of years
(d) None of the above
4. Super profit is the difference between:
(a) Capital Employed and Average Capital employed
(b) Average Profit and Normal Profit
(c) Current year profit and last year profit (d) None of the above
5. In case of valuation of goodwill, the term 'Capital employed' means the
funds provided by.
(a) Shareholders only (b) Debentureholders only
(c) Both shareholders and debenture holders
(d) Shareholders, Debentureholders and Creditors
6. The average capital employed can be ascertained
(a) By deducting half of the current year profit from opening Capital
(b) by deducting half of the current year profit from closing capital
(c) by adding '/2 of current years Profit to closing capital (d) None of the
above
7. Under the net assets method, the value of share depends on the amount
available to
(a) Preference share holders (b) Equity Shareholders
(c) Creditors (d) Debentureholders
8. Capital at the end 1,00,000. It had earned a profit of 20,000 during the
year the average capital employed in the busineSs will be
(a) 75,000 (b) 90,000 (c) 1,20,000 (d) 1,50,000
9. For calculating value of a share by intrinsic value method, it is essential to
know
(a) Normal rate of Return (b) Expected rate of return
(c) Net-Assets (d) None of the above
Fill in the Blanks
1. The excess of average profits over normal profit in known as ............
2. Average capital employed may be calculated by adding half of the current
year profit to ...............
12
3. Normal profit may be calculated with the help of normal rate of return and
4. In order to ascertain ...................... Value of shares it is essential to find out

the value of net assets of the company
5. Intrinsic value of shares is calculated by dividing net assets of the company
by ................
6. Fair value of shares is the simple average of ............. Value and ..............
value of a share
7. Premises 9,00,000 machinery 12,00,000 cash & Bank Balances 1,00,000
liabilities outsiders 1,00,000 capital employed is ....................
8. Capital Employed 1,00,000 normal profit expected in similar concerns
10% Average profit of the business 40,000. The value of goodwill on the
basis of 3 years purchase of super pmt is ?..........
9. Average capital employed Z 20,00,000 Average profit earned 3,13,000
Remuneration to be provided 48,000 normal profit 10%. Sundry Assets
23,50,400 current liabilities Z 95,110. Value of goodwill on the basis of 3
years purchase of super profit is ?. .........
10. Intrinsic value of share 140 yield value of share Z 130 fair value of share is
Z. ..................
Short Answer Questions:
1. Define goodwill
2. Enumerate the factors affecting valuation of goodwill
3. Future maintainable profits
4. Average Capital Employed
5. Super Profits Method of valuation of goodwill
6. Capitalisation method of valuation of goodwill
7. What is intrinsic value
8. Factors affecting valuation of shares
9. Yield basis of valuation of shares
10. Fair value of shares.
Answers- Multiple choice questions
(1) a (2) d (3) c (4) b (5) a
(6) b (7) b (8) b (9) c (10) a
Fill in the Blanks:
Super Profits (2) Opening Capital
Capital Employed (4) Intrinsic Value
Number of shares (6) Intrinsic Value and yield
21,00,000 (8) Z 90,000
1,96,800 (10) Z 135
+ +
GLOSSARY
PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS
Partnership and Firm

Indian 1'; mast] p Act, 1932 defines partnership as "The relationship between
persons who hive agreed to share profits of a business carried on by all or any of
them acting Ioi all". The persons who have entered into partnership with one
another or individually called 'Partners' and association of these partners is called
`Partnership Firm Partnership Deed'. A written document which contains the
terms and conditions of partnership as agreed by the partners is called Partnership
Deed. Generally, it contains (a) name of the firm and permanent address
(b) nature of business (c) capital of the partners (d) Profit and Loss sharing ratio
(e) Interest on capital, loan and drawing (f) Salary commission etc. payable to
partners.
Profit and Loss Appropriation Account
Profit and Loss is prepared in the usual manner to ascertain the Net Profit.
Net Profit is subject to certain adjustments such as interest on loan, Interest on
Capital and drawings, salaries and commission to partners. These transactions
are not charged to Profit & Loss Account. The net profit is transferred to a newly
opened account Profit & Loss Appropriation Account. This account is an extension
of Profit & Loss Account. All adjustments regarding interest, salary etc. are made
in this account and the divisible. Profit is distributed amongst the partners in their
agreed ration.
When partners agree that the amount of capital contributed by them shall
remain fixed and shall not be reduced or increased during the term of partnership,
the capital accounts are said to be fixed. In such cases, current accounts are
opened where in adjustment regarding interest on capital, salary commission,
Profit or Loss will be made. When all adjustments regarding interest on capital
salary, commission, profit or loss is made in capital accounts, the balance of capital
will be fluctuating from year to year. Hence they are known as fluctuating capital
accounts.
Profit Sharing ratio
It is the ratio in which the partners agree to share profit or loss. In the absence
of any agreement among partners profit or loss is shared equally among all partners
change on partner by another. Change in profit sharing arises when (a) existing
partners so decide (b) a new partner is admitted (c) a partner retires (d) a Partner
dies. The ratio in which all partners including new partner share future profit or
loss of business is called New Profit sharing Ratio.
Sacrificing ratio and Gaining ratio
When there is change in Profit sharing ratio of excising partners then some
partners will gain and other or others will have to sacrifice some amount of him
or their share. The ratio in which partner of partners have agreed to sacrifice their
2
share profit in favors of other partners is known as 'Sacrificing Ratio'. Generally,

sacrificing ratio is calculated at the time of admission of a partner. Sacrificing
ratio is calculated as follows:
Sacrificing Ratio = Old Ratio minus New Ratio
Gaining Ratio
When a partner retires or dies his share of Profit is taken over by the continuing
Partners. The ratio in which the continuing partners have acquired the share from
outgoing partner is called Gaining Ratio. It is calculated as follows:
Gaining Ratio = New Ratio minus old ratio.
Revaluation Account (or Profit and Loss Adjustment Account. It is an account
prepared to carry out the scheme of revaluation of assets and liabilities. Decrease
in the value of assets and increase in value of liabilities is a loss. Similarly, increase
in value of assets and decrease in value of liabilities is a gain. Any loss or gain
arising oat of revaluation of assets and liabilities is transferred to old partners.
Capital accounts in the old profit sharing ratio. Generally, Revaluation account is
prepared at the time of admission and retirement.
Dissolution of Partnership and Dissolution of Firm
A partnership is dissolved when a partner is admitted or retires or dies. In
such a case the old partnership is dissolved and a new partnership is formed and
the business of the firm is continued. Dissolution of partnership between all
partners of a firm is called 'Dissolution of Firm'. The business of the firm comes
to an end. Dissolution of partnership does not necessary means the dissolution
of partnership.
Insolvency of a partner
When a partner is unable to pay his debt due to the firm he is said to be
insolvent. According to the decision in case of Garner vs Murray solvent partners
have to bear the loss due to insolvency in proportion to their capital just before
dissolution. If the capital accounts of partners are fixed, then deficiency of the
insolvent partner is borne by the solvent partners in proportion to their fixed
capitals. If capital accounts are fluctuating, then capital accounts should be adjusted
by transferring. Reserves, Profit & Loss to their respective capital accounts. The
capital so arrived should be basis for sharing the loss arising due to insolvency of
a partner.
COMPANY ACCOUNTS
Company
A company is an artificial person, invisible intangible and existing in the
contemplation of law to Companies Act, defines Company as a 'Company formed
and registered under this Act, or an existing company.
Private Company
Private Company is a company having a minimum paid-up capital of one
Lakh rupees and which by its Articles (a) restricts the right to transfer its shares
(b) limits the number of its members to two hundred and (c) prohibits any invitation
to the Public to subscribe for any shares or debentures of the company.
3
Public Company
A company which is not a private company and has a minimum paid up
capital of five Lakh rupees.
Company Limited by shares means a company having the liability of its members
limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.
Government Company means any company in which not less than 51% of the
paid up share capital is held by the Central Government or State Governments or
partly by both. •
Share Capital
The capital of a company is divided into units, called shares. Share capital is
the amount of capital raised by the company through issue of shares .
Equity and Preference Shares
According to the Companies Act, a company can issue two classes of shares
namely preference shares and equity shares. Preference share is that part of the
share capital which enjoys preferential rights as to (a) Payment of dividend at a
fixed rate (b) return of capital on the winding up of the company. An equity share
is a share which is not a preference share.
Authorised Capital means the maximum amount of capital which the company
is authorized to issue and beyond which the company cannot issue shares unless
the capital clause in the Memorandum is altered.
Issued Capital
It refers to that part of the authorized capital which has actually been offered
to the public for subscription.
Subscribed Capital
It refers to that part of the issued capital Which has actually been subscribed
by the public and subsequently allotted to them by the directors of the company.
Called up Capital
It refers to that part of the subscribed capital which has been called up by the
company for payment.
Paid-up Capital
That part of the called-up capital which is actually paid by the shareholders
is known as Paid-up Capital.
Calls in Arrears
Refers to that position of the Capital which has been called up but not yet
paid by the shareholders. This is shown by way of deduction from the called tip
capital in the Balance Sheet.
Minimum Subscription
A public limited company cannot make any allotment of shares un I s 11.
amount stated in the prospectus as the minimum amount has been subscri I •• iii.1
the sum payable on application for such amount has been received by the cs mit , is
4
Under Subscrtion and Over subscription

When the number of shares applied for is less than the number of shares
offered for issue, it is known as under-subscription. In case of under-subscription
of shares, shares cannot be allotted unless minimum subscription has been received.
When the number of shares applied for is more than the number of shares offered
for issue, it is known as over subscription. A company cannot allot shares more
than offered for subscription. In such a case the company can make full allotment
to some applicants and totally reject the others or they can make pro-rata allotment.
Issues of Shares at par Premium and Discount
When the shares are issued at the face value it is known as issue of shares at
par. When a company issues its securities at a price more than the face value it is
aid to be an issue at premium. Premium is the excess of price over face value of
the security. When shares are issued at a premium, the premium amount is credited
to a separate account `Securitis Premium Account' when shares are issued at a
price lower than the face value, they are said to be issued at a discount. Under the
companies Act, 2013 a Company cannot issue shares at discount.
Forfeiture of shares, Reissue of forfeited shares
Forfeiture of shares means cancellation of shares. If a shareholder fails to
pay calls within a stipulated the company can forfeit the shares held by the
defaulting shareholder. The effect of forfeiture of shares is that shareholder ceases
to be a member of the company and loses the amount already paid by him. The
forfeited shares can be reissued at par, at discount or premium. If the forfeited
shares are reissued at a discount, the amount of discount, should not exceed the
amount paid on such shares by the original shareholder.
Debentures
Companies can raise long term funds through the issue of Debentures. The
amount to be raised by way of loan from the Public is divided into small units
called Debentures. It is a written instrument acknowledging a debt issued under
the seal of company containing provisions regarding payment of interest,
repayment of principal amount, charge on the assets of the company etc.
Underwriting of shares and debentures
Underwriting is an agreement between a company and underwritten whereby
the latter agrees to take up the shares or debentures which are not subscribed by
the public. The company has to pay commission to underwriters for the service
rendered by them called underwriting commission. The rate of commission must
not exceed 5% of the issue price of shares and in case of debentures 2.5% of the
debentures.
Marked or unmarked Applications
If there are more than one underwriter, they underwrite the issue is an agreed
radio. The forms are stamped with the name of the underwriters in order to
distinguish the forms of one under from that of the others. Such applications with
stamp of an underwriter are called Marked Applications. In some cases public
get the application form directly from company and such forms do not bear the
5
stamp of underwriters. Such applications are called 'Unmarked or Direct

Applications'.
Firm Underwriting
Under firm underwriting the underwriter agrees to take a specified number
of shares or debentures in addition to the unsubscribed shares or debentures.
Bonus Shares
Shares issued free of cost to the existing shareholder by way of Capitalisation
of Profits and reserves are called 'Bonus Shares'. It implies the payment of
dividends in the form of shares instead of cash. This is done by Making partly
paid up shares as fully paid up shares or by issuing fully paid up shares to the
existing shareholders without getting cash from them.
Annual Accounts
The final accounts of a company consist of two financial statements namely
statement of Profit and loss and Balance Sheet. Format of these two statements
are given in schedule III of the Companies Act. Both have to be prepared in
Vertical Form.
Profit Prior to Incorporation
A newly incorporated company may take over a running business form a
date which is prior to the date of incorporation. A company cannot earn profit
before it gets certificate of incorporation i.e. it cannot earn Profit before it comes
into existence. This profit is called 'Profit prior to Incorporation. This is deemed
to be capital Profit and should be transferred to capital Reserve. The incomes &
expenses before and after incorporation are apportioned between the two periods
& profits for the two periods ascertained.
VALUATION OF GOODWILL AND SHARES
Goodwill
Goodwill is the value of firm in respect of Profits expected in future over and
above the normal rate of profits. It is the benefit and advantage of the good name,
reputation and connection of a business.
Future Maintainable Profits
Goodwill is a payment for extra profits expected in future. Future
maintainable profits is ascertained by adjusting past profits in the light of changes
that are expected to take place in future.
Capital Employed: It is ascertained by deducting liabilities to outside parties from
Assets excluding fictitious assets.
Average Capital Employed
It is ascertained as follows: Capital at the end plus capital at the beginning
divided by two. If capital employed in the beginning is not known, average capital
can be ascertained by deducting half of the profit of the year from capital employed
at the end of the year.
Normal Rate of Return:
It is that rate of earning which investors in general expect on their investment
in a particular type of industry.
6
Super-Profit method:
Under this method, future maintainable Profits of the concern is compare
with normal profits. If the estimated future profits are more than the norm
profits, the difference is known as 'Super Profit'. Goodwill is ascertained b
multi plying the super profit by number of years for which super profit is expecte
in future.
Capitalisation Method
The total of the undertaking is ascertained by capitalizing future maintainable
profits at the normal rate of return. From the figure so arrived, the amount of ne
tangible assets is deducted. The resultant figure is goodwill. It is also calculated
according to the following method.
Super Profit
Goodwill = x 100
Normal rate of return
Value of shares
It may be face value, or market value or intrinsic value or yield value. The
`face value' is the value which is shown in share certificate. The 'market value' is
the value at which they are bought and sold in the market. The intrinsic value is
based on the net worth of the company" yield value is ascertained on the basis of
its prospective yield or income.
Intrinsic Value of Shares Method
From the total of assets at their realizable value, external liabilities and
preference share capital and arrears of dividends if any, payable should be deducted.
The balance left is the amount available to equity shareholders. It should be
divided by the number of shares. The resultant figure will be the value of each
Equity Share.
Yield Basis of Earning Capacity Basis of Valuation of Shares
The term rate'of return means a return which a shareholder earns on his
investments. The rate of return can be either (a) rate of dividend (b) rate of earning
value of shares based on rate of dividend is ascertained as follows:
Dividends per Share
x 100
Valuation based on rate of earning. It is ascertained in the following manner.
x Paid up value of Shares
Normal Rate
Fair Value Method
It is the simple average of Intrinsic value and Yield Basis (or Earning Basis).
Value of More = Intrinsic Value + Yield Value
2

Advanced Accounting Study Material

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Advanced Accounting Study Material

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Advanced Accounting Study Material

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Advanced Accounting

For B.Com. Second Year, Semester-Ill

(As per latest Semesterwise CBCS Syllabus

First Edition - 1980

In our endeavour to protect you from counterfeit/pirated books, w

We are thankful to Dr. Krishna Rao, Dr. I. Srinivas, Sri S. Surya

UNIT-I : Partnership Accounts-I

UNIT-II : Partnership Accounts-11

UNIT-III : Issue of Shares, Debentures, Underwriting and Bonus Share

UNIT-IV : Company Final Accounts and Profit Prior to Incorporation

UNIT-V : Valuation of Goodwill and Shares

I 'di tnership Accounts-I A-1 to A-32

I h+• liability of the partners is unlimited.

2. Fluctuating Capital Accounts

Interest on Capital xxx " Interest on Drawings xxx

hy accounting point of view, the following matters should be

1,, 11 a new partner is admitted in an old established business, it is usual for

i) Bank Account Dr.

ulwill brought in by new partner should be credited to the old partners

Milers in the old profit sharing ratio. It is not necessary to calculate

the increase in the value of assets.

,1 decrease in the value of Investments, Sundry Debtors credit would be

(iv) For any decrease in the value of liabilities.

it ............ MI1114110 Atoll Sim 11 I Milt(

I I I 4 r arriving at the capitals of A and B

11.11e in the new firm will be 5/8 x 4/5 = 1/2

g HI. The entry is:

II. Revaluation of assets and liabilities

B and C are partners in a firm with capitals of 40,000 24,000 and

To Interest on Capitals: By Net Profit as per

flu Ion Journal Entries

Old Ratio - New Ratio = Sacrificing Ratio.

Dr. Capital Accounts Cr.

A's Capital = 2/12 x 1,10,000 = 35,000

1) Fixed Assets Account Dr. 30,000

Revaluation A/c Dr. 35,000

Fixed Assets 1,80,000

Ravi 1,00,000 8,000 (Cr.)

b) Profits and Losses are to be shared in the ratio of 3 : 2.

Creditors 18,900 Cash 1,890

Creditors 5,000 Land & Buildings 48,000

5) The amount finally due to Varun be paid immediately.

Y retires on that date subject to the following conditions :-

There is a distinction between dissolution of Partnership and dissolution of

6. Accumulated loss as Profit&Loss Account (debit balance) should not be

10. For transferring accumulated profit to partner's capital accounts

1. Undistributed Profits, Reserves etc. should be transferred to Current Accounts

When Capital Accounts are Fluctuating

Journal Entries in the books of the firm:

To Machinery 60,000 By S. Creditors 40,000

To Balance b/d 11,000 By Realisation A/c

To Realisation A/c By I K c b/d 40,000 30,000

To S. Assets By S. Creditors 20,000

Furniture 11,000 39,000 By Stock 10,000

D's Capital Account

4. Shares in A Ltd., Dr 60,000

The assets realized as follows : Land and Buildings Z 1,00,000 Plant

Freehold Property (Hyderabad) 45,000

Stock (Vijayawada) 14,000